Fiscal Year 2013 Annual Report
on Form 10-K
Proxy Statement for the 2014
Annual Meeting of Stockholders
Regional Management Corp.
509 W. Butler Road • Greenville, SC 29607
509 West Butler Road, Greenville, South Carolina 29607
Phone (864) 422-8011, Fax (864) 422-8035
March 2014
Dear Stockholder:
It was another successful, record-breaking year for Regional Management Corp., as we continued to register double-digit
growth on both our top and bottom lines. For 2013, we recorded revenue of $170.6 million, up 25.7% from the prior year;
net income of $28.8 million; and diluted earnings per share of $2.23. We increased our finance receivables by nearly
24%, and our active accounts grew 37% from the prior year-end. Let me briefly take you through our 2013 highlights.
In the first half of 2013, we entered our eighth state—Georgia—and proceeded to significantly expand our brand
throughout the southeast and southwestern U.S. with alacrity. By the end of June, we had already opened over 40 de novo
branches, essentially completing our expansion plans for 2013 in just six months. Commensurate with our de novo
expansion and growth strategy, in May, we increased the availability of our senior revolving credit facility from $325
million to $500 million—further evidence of Regional’s fiscal responsibility and overall strength.
With the branch expansion essentially complete by the end of June, it allowed us to focus our efforts in the second half of
2013 on increasing our total yield, which had started to tail off at the end of 2012, and fine-tuning our direct mail
campaigns. The results of both initiatives were positive—after hitting a bottom in April, our total yield slowly but
steadily increased as we made a conscious decision to prioritize our small installment loan category. And our back-to-
school and holiday direct mail campaigns were significant successes. In 2013, we mailed more than 3 million
convenience checks to pre-screened individuals, and we were extremely pleased with the response rate, which should be a
significant driver of growth in 2014 and beyond.
Finally, toward the end of the year, we saw the closing of two successful secondary offerings by our private equity
sponsors, Palladium Equity Partners, LLC and Parallel Investment Partners, LLC, as they fully exited their stakes in
Regional and significantly added to the liquidity of our common shares. I want to especially thank both firms, as without
their commitment and support over the past seven years, we would not be in this current position.
With 2013 in the rearview, we are excited about 2014’s potential. We plan to open 28 de novo branches in just the first
half of the year, 9 of which are already open. We will continue our very successful direct mail campaigns to drive
additional loan and account growth. And in the second half of the year, we will fully implement our new loan
management system, which will allow us to be even more efficient in processing and servicing our diverse product
portfolio and account base, and will be a key element of our long-term strategy. Overall, we are very well-positioned in
terms of our growth and our balance sheet, and Regional’s future looks extremely bright.
We appreciate the support of all of our stockholders and remain dedicated to providing you with long-term value. We look
forward to seeing you at our annual stockholder meeting.
Best regards,
Thomas F. Fortin
Chief Executive Officer
This annual report to stockholders may contain forward-looking statements and non-GAAP financial information. Please
refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K, which accompanies this annual report to stockholders, for additional
information regarding forward-looking statements and for a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to the most
comparable GAAP measure.
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
È ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013
OR
‘ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from
to
Commission File Number: 001-35477
Regional Management Corp.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
509 West Butler Road
Greenville, South Carolina
(Address of principal executive offices)
57-0847115
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
29607
(Zip Code)
(864) 422-8011
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
Common Stock, $0.10 par value
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes ‘ No È
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes ‘ No È
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports),
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes È No ‘
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive
Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes È No ‘
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to the Form 10-K. ‘
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ‘
Non-accelerated filer ‘ (do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ‘ No È
As of June 28, 2013 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter), the aggregate market value
of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $129,846,025 based upon the closing sale price as reported on the New
York Stock Exchange.
As of March 14, 2014, there were 12,652,197 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.
È
Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company ‘
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Certain information required by Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement
for the 2014 Annual Meeting of the Company’s stockholders, which is expected to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days
after the end of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.
REGIONAL MANAGEMENT CORP.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Forward-Looking Statements
Business
ITEM 1.
ITEM 1A. Risk Factors
ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
ITEM 2.
ITEM 3.
ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Properties
Legal Proceedings
PART I
PART II
ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases
of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
ITEM 6.
ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
ITEM 8.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
ITEM 9.
ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures
ITEM 9B. Other Information
PART III
ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
ITEM 11. Executive Compensation
ITEM 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters
ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
ITEM 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
ITEM 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Signatures
Exhibit Index
PART IV
Page
1
1
21
40
40
40
40
41
44
46
65
66
95
95
96
97
97
97
97
97
98
99
101
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe
harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including, but not limited to, certain
disclosures contained in Item 1, “Business,” Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and Item 7, “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” These forward-looking statements include, but
are not limited to, statements about our strategies, future operations, future financial position, future revenues,
projected costs, expectations regarding demand and acceptance for our financial products, growth opportunities
and trends in the market in which we operate, prospects, plans and objectives of management, representations,
and contentions, and are not historical facts. Forward-looking statements typically are identified by the use of
terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,”
“predict,” “potential,” “continue,” and similar words, although some forward-looking statements are expressed
differently. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions, or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking
statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Forward-looking
statements included herein represent management’s current judgment and expectations, but our actual results,
events, and performance could differ materially from the plans, intentions, and expectations disclosed in the
forward-looking statements that we make. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that
could cause our actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements, including
without limitation, the risks set forth in Item 1A, “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We do not
intend to update any of these forward-looking statements or publicly announce the results of any revisions to
these forward-looking statements, other than as is required under the federal securities laws.
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to,
our audited consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto.
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
Overview
PART I
Regional Management Corp. (together with its subsidiaries, “Regional,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and
“our”) was incorporated in South Carolina on March 25, 1987, and converted into a Delaware corporation on
August 23, 2011. We are a diversified specialty consumer finance company providing a broad array of loan
products primarily to customers with limited access to consumer credit from banks, thrifts, credit card
companies, and other traditional lenders. We began operations in 1987 with four branches in South Carolina and
have expanded our branch network to 264 locations with approximately 335,000 active accounts across South
Carolina, Texas, North Carolina, Georgia, Tennessee, Alabama, Oklahoma, and New Mexico as of December 31,
2013. Most of our loan products are secured and each is structured on a fixed rate, fixed term basis with fully
amortizing equal monthly installment payments, repayable at any time without penalty. Our loans are sourced
through our multiple channel platform, including in our branches, through direct mail campaigns, independent
and franchise automobile dealerships, online credit application networks, retailers, and our consumer website.
We operate an integrated branch model in which nearly all loans, regardless of origination channel, are serviced
and collected through our branch network, providing us with frequent in-person contact with our customers,
which we believe improves our credit performance and customer loyalty. Our goal is to consistently and soundly
grow our finance receivables and manage our portfolio risk while providing our customers with attractive and
easy-to-understand loan products that serve their varied financial needs.
Our diversified product offerings include:
•
Small Installment Loans – We offer standardized small installment loans ranging from $300 to $2,500,
with terms of up to 36 months, which are secured by non-essential household goods. We originate
1
these loans both through our branches, via our consumer website, by customer referrals, and through
mailing convenience checks to pre-screened individuals who are able to enter into a loan by depositing
these checks. As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 271,900 small installment loans
outstanding representing $289.0 million in finance receivables or an average of approximately $1,100
per loan. In 2013, interest and fee income from small installment loans contributed $98.0 million to our
total revenue.
•
Large Installment Loans – We offer large installment loans through our branches ranging from $2,500
to $20,000, with terms of between 18 and 60 months. Our large installment loans are secured by a
vehicle, which may be an automobile, motorcycle, boat, or all-terrain vehicle, in addition to non-
essential household goods. As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 12,300 large installment
loans outstanding representing $43.3 million in finance receivables or an average of approximately
$3,500 per loan. In 2013, interest and fee income from large installment loans contributed $12.5
million to our total revenue.
• Automobile Purchase Loans – We offer automobile purchase loans of up to $27,500, generally with
terms of between 36 and 72 months, which are secured by the purchased vehicle. Our automobile
purchase loans are offered through a network of dealers in our geographic footprint. Our automobile
purchase loans include both direct loans, which are sourced through a dealership and closed at one of
our branches, and indirect loans, which are originated and closed at a dealership in our network without
the need for the customer to visit one of our branches. As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately
19,300 automobile purchase loans outstanding representing $181.1 million in finance receivables or an
average of approximately $9,300 per loan. In 2013, interest and fee income from automobile purchase
loans contributed $36.2 million to our total revenue.
• Retail Purchase Loans – We offer indirect retail purchase loans of up to $7,500, with terms of between
six and 48 months, which are secured by the purchased item. These loans are offered through a network
of retailers within and, to a limited extent, outside of our geographic footprint. Since launching this
product in November 2009, our portfolio has grown to approximately 31,200 retail purchase loans
outstanding representing $31.3 million in finance receivables or an average of approximately $1,000
per loan as of December 31, 2013. In 2013, interest and fee income from retail purchase loans
contributed $5.6 million to our total revenue.
•
Insurance Products – We offer our customers optional payment protection insurance relating to many
of our loan products. In 2013, insurance income, net, was $11.5 million, or 6.7% of our total revenue.
We report operating segments in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States of America. We have one reportable segment, which is the consumer finance segment. Our other revenue
generating activities, including insurance operations, are performed in the existing branch network in conjunction
with or as a complement to the lending operations. For financial information regarding the results of our only
reportable segment, the consumer finance segment, for each of the last three fiscal years, refer to Item 6,
“Selected Financial Data” and Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Our Industry
We operate in the consumer finance industry serving the large and growing population of non-prime and
underbanked consumers who have limited access to credit from banks, thrifts, credit card companies, and other
traditional lenders. According to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), there were approximately
51 million adults living in underbanked households in the United States in 2011. Furthermore, we believe that
difficult economic conditions in recent years have resulted in an increase in the number of non-prime consumers
in the United States.
While the number of non-prime consumers in the United States has grown, the supply of consumer credit to
this demographic has contracted. Following deregulation of the U.S. banking industry in the 1980s, many banks
2
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
and finance companies that traditionally provided small denomination consumer credit refocused their businesses
on larger loans with lower comparative origination costs and lower charge-off rates. Tightened credit
requirements imposed by banks, thrifts, credit card companies, and other traditional lenders that began during the
recession in 2008 and 2009 have further reduced the supply of consumer credit for the growing number of non-
prime and underbanked individuals.
We believe the large and growing number of potential customers in our target market, combined with the
decline in available consumer credit, provides an attractive market opportunity for our diversified product
offerings—installment lending, automobile purchase lending, and retail purchase lending.
Installment Lending. Installment lending to underbanked and other non-prime consumers is one of the most
highly fragmented sectors of the consumer finance industry. Providers of installment loans, such as Regional,
generally offer loans with longer terms and lower interest rates than other alternatives available to underbanked
consumers, such as title, payday, and pawn lenders.
Automobile Purchase Lending. Automobile finance comprises one of the largest consumer finance markets
in the United States. The automobile purchase loan sector is generally segmented by the credit characteristics of
the borrower. Automobile purchase loans are typically initiated or arranged through automobile dealers
nationwide who rely on financing to drive their automobile sales.
Retail Purchase Lending. The retail industry represents a large consumer market with limited financing
options for non-prime consumers. Retailers often do not provide their own financing, but instead partner with
large banks and credit card companies who generally limit their lending activities to prime borrowers. As a
result, non-prime customers often do not qualify for financing from these traditional lenders. Continued
consumer demand, combined with constraints on the availability of credit for non-prime consumers, presents a
growth opportunity for retail purchase loans.
Our Business Model and Operations
Integrated Branch Model. Our branch network, with 264 locations across eight states as of December 31,
2013, serves as the foundation of our multiple channel platform and the primary point of contact with our
approximately 335,000 active accounts. By integrating underwriting, servicing, and collections at the branch
level, our employees are able to maintain a relationship with our customers throughout the life of a loan. For
loans originated at a branch, underwriting decisions are typically made by our local branch manager. Our branch
managers combine our sound, company-wide underwriting standards and flexibility within our guidelines to
consider each customer’s unique circumstances. This tailored branch-level underwriting approach allows us to
both reject certain marginal loans that would otherwise be approved solely based on a credit report or automated
loan approval system, as well as to selectively extend loans to customers with prior credit challenges who might
otherwise be denied credit. In addition, nearly all loans, regardless of origination channel, are serviced and
collected through our branches, which allows us to maintain frequent, in-person contact with our customers. We
believe this frequent-contact, relationship-driven lending model provides greater insight into potential payment
difficulties and allows us to more effectively pursue payment solutions, which improves our overall credit
performance. It also provides us with frequent opportunities to assess the borrowing needs of our customers and
to offer new loan products as their credit profiles evolve.
Multiple Channel Platform. We offer a diversified range of loan products through our multiple channel
platform, which enables us to efficiently reach existing and new customers throughout our markets. We began
building our strategically located branch network over 25 years ago and have expanded to 264 branches as of
December 31, 2013. Our automobile purchase loans are offered through a network of dealers in our geographic
footprint. In recent years, we expanded this channel by offering indirect automobile purchase loans, which are
closed at the dealership without the need for the customer to visit a branch. In addition, we have relationships
with retailers that offer our retail purchase loans in their stores at the point of sale. We have also further
developed and refined our direct mail campaigns, including pre-screened convenience check mailings and
3
mailings of invitations to apply for a loan, which enable us to market our products to hundreds of thousands of
customers on a cost-effective basis. Finally, we have developed our consumer website to promote our products
and facilitate loan applications. We believe that our multiple channel platform provides us with a competitive
advantage by giving us broader access to our existing customers and multiple avenues for attracting new
customers, enabling us to grow our finance receivables, revenues, and earnings while maintaining consistent
credit performance through our integrated branch model.
Attractive Products for Customers with Limited Access to Credit. Our flexible loan products, ranging from
$300 to $27,500 with terms of up to 72 months, are competitively priced, easy to understand, and incorporate
features designed to meet the varied financial needs and credit profiles of a broad array of consumers. This
product diversity distinguishes us from monoline competitors and provides us with the ability to offer our
customers new loan products as their credit profiles evolve, building customer loyalty.
We believe that the rates on our products are significantly more attractive than many other credit options
available to our customers, such as payday, pawn, or title loans. We also differentiate ourselves from such
alternative financial service providers by reporting our customers’ payment performance to credit bureaus,
providing our customers the opportunity to improve their credit score by establishing a responsible payment
history with us and ultimately to gain access to a wider range of credit options, including our own. We believe
this opportunity for our customers to potentially improve their credit history, combined with our competitive
pricing and terms, distinguish us in the consumer finance market and provide us with a competitive advantage.
Demonstrated Organic Growth. We have grown our finance receivables by 153% from $215.7 million at
December 31, 2009 to $544.7 million at December 31, 2013. Our growth has come both from expanding our
branch network and developing new channels and products.
From 2009 to 2013, we grew our year-end branch count from 117 branches to 264 branches, a compound
annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 22.6%. We opened or acquired 43 net new branches in 2013. We have also
grown our existing branch revenues. Historically, our branches have rapidly increased their outstanding finance
receivables during the early years of operations and generally have quickly achieved profitability.
We have also grown by adding new channels and products, which are then serviced at the local branch level.
We introduced direct automobile purchase loans in 1998, and in recent years, we have expanded our product
offerings to include indirect automobile purchase loans. Indirect automobile purchase loans allow customers to
obtain a loan at a dealership without visiting one of our branches. We opened two AutoCredit Source branches in
each of 2011, 2012, and 2013, which focus solely on originating, underwriting, and servicing indirect automobile
purchase loans. Gross loan originations from our convenience check program have grown from $40.6 million in
2009 to $200.0 million in 2013, a CAGR of 49%, as we have increased the volume and sophistication of our
convenience check marketing campaigns. We also introduced a consumer website enabling customers to
complete a loan application online. Since the launch of our website in late 2008, we have received more than
76,000 applications resulting in loans representing $17.9 million in gross finance receivables.
Consistent Portfolio Performance. Through over 25 years of experience in the consumer finance industry,
we have established conservative and sound underwriting and lending practices to carefully manage our credit
exposure as we grow our business, develop new products, and enter new markets. We generally do not make
loans to customers with less than one year with their current employer and at their current residence, although we
also consider numerous other factors in evaluating a potential customer’s creditworthiness, such as
unencumbered income and a credit report detailing the applicant’s credit history. Our sound underwriting
standards focus on our customers’ ability to affordably make loan payments out of their discretionary income,
with the value of pledged collateral serving as a credit enhancement rather than the primary underwriting
criterion. Portfolio performance is improved by our regular in-person contact with customers at our branches,
which helps us to anticipate repayment problems before they occur, and allows us to proactively work with
customers to develop solutions prior to default, using repossession only as a last option. In addition, our
4
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
centralized management information system enables regular monitoring of branch portfolio metrics. Our state
operations vice presidents and district supervisors monitor loan underwriting, delinquencies, and charge-offs of
each branch in their respective regions. In addition, the compensation received by our branch managers and
assistant managers has a significant performance component and is closely tied to credit quality, among other
defined performance targets.
We believe our frequent-contact, relationship-driven lending model, combined with regular monitoring and
alignment of employee incentives, improves our overall credit performance. Despite the challenges posed by the
sharp economic downturn beginning in 2008, our annual net charge-offs since 2009 remained consistent, ranging
from 6.3% to 8.6% of our average finance receivables. In 2013, our net charge-offs as a percentage of average
finance receivables were 6.9%. Our credit loss provision as a percentage of total revenue for 2013 was 23%. We
believe that our consistent portfolio performance demonstrates the resiliency of our business model throughout
economic cycles.
Experienced Management Team. Our executive and senior operations management teams consist of
individuals highly experienced in installment lending and other consumer finance services. We believe our
executive management team’s experience has allowed us to consistently grow our business while delivering
high-quality service to our customers and carefully managing our credit risk. Our executive management team
has centralized a number of business procedures, such as marketing and direct mail campaigns, which were
formerly conducted at each branch, allowing us to enhance control over our individual branches. Our
management team has also strengthened our underwriting procedures and improved the data monitoring that we
apply across our business, including for our direct mail campaigns and our branch location analysis. As of
December 31, 2013, our state operations vice presidents averaged more than 24 years of industry experience and
more than 10 years of service at Regional, while our district supervisors averaged 25 years of industry experience
and more than four years of service with Regional.
Our Strategies
Grow Our Branch Network. We intend to continue growing the revenue and profitability of our branch
network by increasing volume at our existing branches, opening new branches within our existing geographic
footprint, and expanding our operations into new states. Establishing local contact with our customers through
the expansion of our branch network is key to our frequent-contact, relationship-driven lending model and is
embodied in our marketing tagline: “Your Hometown Credit Source.”
• Existing Branches – We intend to continue increasing same-store revenues, by further building
relationships in the communities in which we operate and capitalizing on opportunities to offer our
customers new loan products as their credit profiles evolve. From 2009 to 2013, we opened 153 new
branches, and we expect revenues at these branches will continue to grow faster than our overall same-
store revenue growth rate as these branches mature.
• New Branches – We believe there is sufficient demand for consumer finance services to continue our
pattern of new branch growth and branch acquisitions in the states where we currently operate,
allowing us to capitalize on our existing infrastructure and experience in these markets. We also
analyze detailed demographic and market data to identify favorable locations for new branches.
Opening new branches allows us to generate both direct lending at the branches, as well as to create
new origination opportunities by establishing relationships through the branches with automobile
dealerships and retailers in the community.
• New States – We intend to explore opportunities for growth in several states outside of our existing
geographic footprint that enjoy favorable interest rate and regulatory environments, such as Kentucky,
Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, and Virginia. We do not expect to expand into states with
unfavorable interest rate or regulatory environments even if those states are otherwise attractive for our
business. In 2011, we opened our first branch in Oklahoma; in 2012, we opened our first branch in
New Mexico; and in 2013, we opened our first branch in Georgia.
5
We also believe that the highly fragmented nature of the consumer finance industry and the evolving
competitive, regulatory, and economic environment provide attractive opportunities for growth through branch
acquisitions, although we have no present agreement or plan concerning any specific acquisition.
Continue to Expand and Capitalize on Our Diverse Channels and Products. We intend to continue to
expand and capitalize on our multiple channel platform and broad array of offerings as follows:
• Automobile Purchase Loans – We source our automobile purchase loans through a network of dealers
in our geographic footprint. We have hired dedicated marketing personnel to develop relationships with
these dealers and to expand our automobile financing network. We will also seek to capture a larger
percentage of the financing activity of dealers in our existing network by continuing to improve our
relationships with dealers and our response time for loan applications. We intend to continue to expand
the number of franchise dealer relationships through our AutoCredit Source branches to grow our loan
portfolio through increased penetration.
• Convenience Check Program – We continue to refine our screening criteria and tracking for direct mail
campaigns, which we believe has enabled us to improve response rates and credit performance and
allowed us to more than triple the annual number of convenience checks that we mailed since 2007. In
2013, we mailed over 3 million convenience checks as well as over 95,000 invitations to apply for
loans. We intend to continue to increase our use of convenience checks to grow our loan portfolio by
adding new customers and increasing volume at our branches, creating opportunities to offer new loan
products to our existing customers. In addition, we mail convenience checks in new markets shortly
before opening new branches, which we believe helps our new branches more quickly develop a
customer base and build finance receivables. Other than with respect to the State of Georgia, the use of
convenience checks is not subject to substantial regulation in the states in which we currently operate
but is subject to regulation in other jurisdictions. We are not aware of any pending legislation in any of
the states in which we operate that would affect our use of convenience checks.
• Retail Purchase Loans – Our retail purchase loans are offered through a network of retailers in our
geographic footprint. We intend to continue to grow our network of retailers by having our dedicated
marketing personnel continue to solicit new retailers, obtain referrals through relationships with our
existing retail partners, and to a lesser extent, reach retailers through trade shows and industry
associations. We believe that the retail purchase lending markets are currently substantially
underpenetrated, particularly with respect to non-prime customers, due to the limited number of lenders
providing financing to these customers and the recent curtailment of credit provided by prime financing
sources.
• Online Sourcing – We developed a new channel in late 2008 by offering an online loan application on
our consumer website to serve customers who seek to reach us over the Internet. We intend to continue
to develop and expand our online marketing efforts and increase traffic to our consumer website
through the use of tools such as search engine optimization and paid online advertising.
We believe the expansion of our channels and products, supported by the growth of our branch network,
will provide us with opportunities to reach new customers as well as to offer new loan products to our existing
customers as their credit profiles evolve. We plan to continue to develop and introduce new products that are
responsive to the needs of our customers in the future.
Continue to Focus on Sound Underwriting and Credit Control. We intend to continue to leverage our core
competencies in sound underwriting and credit management developed through over 25 years of lending
experience as we seek to profitably grow our share of the consumer finance market. Our philosophy is to
emphasize sound underwriting standards focused on a customer’s ability to affordably make loan payments, to
work with customers experiencing payment difficulties, and to use repossession only as a last option. For
example, we permit customers to defer payments or refinance delinquent loans under limited circumstances,
6
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
although we generally do not offer customers experiencing payment difficulties the opportunity to modify their
loans to reduce the amount of principal or interest that they owe. A deferral extends the due date of the loan by
one month and allows the customer to maintain his or her credit rating in good standing.
In addition to deferrals, we also allow customers to refinance loans. While we typically only allow
customers to refinance if their loan is current, we allow customers to refinance delinquent loans on a limited
basis if those customers otherwise satisfy our credit standards (other than with respect to the delinquency). We
believe that refinancing delinquent loans for certain deserving customers who have made periodic payments
allows us to help customers to resolve temporary financial setbacks and to repair or sustain their credit. During
2013, we refinanced only $5.3 million of loans that were 60 days or more past due, representing approximately
0.6% of our total loan volume for fiscal 2013. As of December 31, 2013, the outstanding gross balance of such
refinancings was only $3.6 million, or less than 0.6% of gross finance receivables as of such date.
In accordance with this philosophy, we intend to continue to refine our underwriting standards to assess an
individual’s creditworthiness and ability to repay a loan. In recent years, we have implemented several new
programs to continue to improve our underwriting standards and loan collection rates, including our branch
“scorecard” program that systematically monitors a range of operating, credit quality, and performance metrics.
Our management information system enables us to regularly review loan volumes, collections, and
delinquencies. We believe this central oversight, combined with our branch-level servicing and collections,
improves credit performance. We plan to continue to develop strategies to further improve our sound
underwriting standards and loan collection rates as we expand.
Our Products
Small Installment Loans. We offer small installment loans ranging from $300 to $2,500 through our
branches as well as through our convenience check program. Our small installment loans are standardized by
amount, rate, and maturity to reduce documentation and related processing costs and to conform with federal and
state lending laws. They are payable in fixed rate, fully amortizing equal monthly installments with terms of up
to 36 months, and are repayable at any time without penalty. In 2013, the average originated net loan size and
term for our small installment loans were $1,153 and 14 months, respectively. Our small installment loans
include loans originated through our convenience check campaigns, which had an average originated net loan
size and term of $1,233 and 15 months for 2013. The weighted average yield we earned on our portfolio of small
installment loans was 44.0% in 2013. The interest rates, fees and other charges, maximum principal amounts, and
maturities for our small installment loans vary from state to state, depending upon relevant laws and regulations.
Our small installment loans, other than those originated through our direct mail campaigns, are made to
customers who visit one of our branches and complete a standardized credit application. Customers may also
complete and submit a small installment loan application by phone or on our consumer website before
completing the loan in one of our branches. We carefully evaluate each potential customer’s creditworthiness by
examining the individual’s unencumbered income, length of current employment, duration of residence, and a
credit report detailing the applicant’s credit history.
Our small installment loan approval process is based on the customer’s creditworthiness rather than the
value of collateral pledged. Loan amounts are established based on underwriting standards designed to allow
customers to affordably make their loan payments out of their discretionary income.
In addition, for small installment loans originated at our branches, we require our customers to submit a list
of their non-essential household goods and pledge these goods as collateral. We do not perfect our security
interests by filing UCC financing statements in these goods and instead typically collect a non-file insurance fee
and obtain non-file insurance.
7
Each of our branches is equipped to perform immediate background, employment, and credit checks, and
approve small installment loan applications promptly while the customer waits. Our employees verify the
applicant’s employment and credit histories through telephone checks with employers, other employment
references, supporting documentation, such as paychecks and earnings summaries, and a variety of third-party
credit reporting agencies.
We also source small installment loans through our convenience check mailing campaigns to pre-screened
individuals. These campaigns are often timed to coincide with seasonal demand for loans to finance vacations,
back-to-school needs, and holiday spending. We also launch convenience check campaigns in conjunction with
opening new branches to help build an initial customer base. Customers can cash or deposit convenience checks
at their convenience, thereby agreeing to the terms of the loan as prominently set forth on the check and
accompanying disclosures. Each individual we solicit for a convenience check loan has been pre-screened
through a major credit bureau to meet our thorough underwriting criteria. In addition to screening each potential
convenience check recipient’s credit score and bankruptcy history, we also use a proprietary model that assesses
27 different attributes of potential recipients. When a customer enters into a loan by cashing or depositing the
convenience check, our personnel gather additional contact and other information on the borrower to assist us in
servicing the loan and offering other products to meet the customer’s financing needs.
The following table sets forth the composition of our finance receivables for small installment loans by state
at December 31 of each year from 2009 through 2013:
AT DECEMBER 31,
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
South Carolina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Texas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Carolina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tennessee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alabama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oklahoma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
New Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
Georgia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — —
47% 43% 40% 31% 26%
27% 29% 29% 31% 29%
21% 20% 21% 21% 16%
4% 5% 6% 7% 8%
1% 3% 4% 9% 14%
1% 5%
2%
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
The following table sets forth the total number of small installment loans, finance receivables, and average
per loan for our small installment loans by state at December 31, 2013:
TOTAL
NUMBER
OF LOANS
FINANCE
RECEIVABLES
AVERAGE
PER LOAN
South Carolina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Texas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Carolina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tennessee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alabama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oklahoma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Georgia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
70,133
85,923
40,546
22,294
36,467
11,388
3,882
1,259
(In thousands)
$ 74,105
83,955
47,385
23,573
40,683
13,824
4,503
951
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
271,892
$288,979
$1,057
977
1,169
1,057
1,116
1,214
1,160
755
$1,063
8
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Large Installment Loans. We also offer large installment loans through our branches in amounts ranging
from $2,500 to $20,000. Our large installment loans are payable in fixed rate, fully amortizing equal monthly
installments with terms of 18 to 60 months, and are repayable at any time without penalty. We require our large
installment loans to be secured by a vehicle, which may be an automobile, motorcycle, boat, or all-terrain
vehicle, as well as certain non-essential household goods. In 2013, our average originated net loan size and term
for large installment loans were $3,982 and 28 months, respectively. The weighted average yield we earned on
our portfolio of large installment loans was 27.6% for 2013.
A potential customer applies for a large installment loan by visiting one of our branches, where he or she is
interviewed by one of our employees who evaluates the customer’s creditworthiness, including a review of a
credit bureau report, before extending a loan. As with our small installment loans, large installment loans are
made based on the customer’s unencumbered income, length of current employment, duration of residence, and
prior credit experience and credit report history. Loan amounts are established based on underwriting standards
designed to allow customers to affordably make their loan payments out of their discretionary income. Our
branches perform the same immediate verifications that we perform for small installment loans in order to
approve large installment loan applications promptly.
Our branch employees will perform an in-person appraisal of the collateral pledged for a large installment
loan using our multipoint checklist and will use one or more third-party valuation sources, such as the National
Automobile Dealers Association Appraisal Guides, to determine an estimate of the collateral’s value. Regardless
of the value of the vehicle, we will not lend in excess of our assessment of the borrower’s ability to repay.
We perfect all first-lien security interests in each pledged vehicle by retaining the title to the collateral in our
files until the loan is fully repaid. In certain states, we offer large installment loans secured by second-lien
security interests on vehicles, in which case we instead seek to perfect our security interest by recording our lien
on the title. We work with customers experiencing payment difficulties to help them find a solution and view
repossession only as a last option. In the event we do elect to repossess a vehicle, we use third-party vendors in
the vast majority of circumstances. We then sell our repossessed vehicle inventory through public sales
conducted by independent automobile auction organizations or, to a lesser extent, private sales after the required
post-repossession waiting period. Any excess proceeds from the sale of the collateral are returned to the
customer.
The following table sets forth the composition of our finance receivables for large installment loans by state
at December 31 of each year from 2009 through 2013:
AT DECEMBER 31,
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
South Carolina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Texas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Carolina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tennessee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alabama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oklahoma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
New Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Georgia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
9%
62% 57% 49% 30%
11%
6%
24% 26% 27% 22%
8%
2%
7%
7% 35%
1%
4%
4%
9%
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
28%
4%
28%
9%
30%
1%
—
—
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
9
The following table sets forth the total number of large installment loans, finance receivables, and average
per loan for our large installment loans by state at December 31, 2013:
TOTAL
NUMBER
OF LOANS
FINANCE
RECEIVABLES
AVERAGE
PER LOAN
South Carolina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Texas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Carolina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tennessee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alabama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oklahoma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Georgia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,005
578
3,998
962
3,669
124
8
—
(In thousands)
$11,879
1,879
12,011
3,925
13,060
529
28
—
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12,344
$43,311
$3,953
3,250
3,004
4,080
3,560
4,263
3,523
—
$3,509
Automobile Purchase Loans. Our automobile purchase loans are offered through a network of dealers in
our geographic footprint. These loans are offered in amounts up to $27,500 and are secured by the financed
vehicle. They are payable in fixed rate, fully amortizing equal monthly installments with terms generally of 36 to
72 months, and are repayable at any time without penalty. In 2013, our average originated net loan size and term
for automobile purchase loans were $12,409 and 54 months, respectively. The weighted average yield we earned
on our portfolio of automobile purchase loans was 20.3% for 2013.
Direct Automobile Purchase Loans. We have business relationships with dealerships throughout our
geographic footprint that offer our loans to their customers in need of financing. These dealers will contact one of
our local branches to initiate a loan application when they have identified a customer that meets our written
underwriting standards. Applications for direct automobile purchase loans may also be received through one of
the online credit application networks in which we participate, such as DealerTrack and RouteOne. We will
review the application and requested loan terms and propose modifications, if necessary, before providing initial
approval and inviting the dealer and the customer to come to a local branch to close the loan. Our branch
employees interview the customer to verify information in the dealer’s credit application, obtain a credit bureau
report on the customer, and inspect the vehicle to confirm that the customer’s order accurately describes the
vehicle before closing the loan. Our branch employees will perform the same in-person appraisal of the pledged
vehicle that they would perform for a vehicle securing a large installment loan.
Indirect Automobile Purchase Loans. Since late 2010, we have also offered indirect automobile
purchase loans, which allow customers and dealers to complete a loan at the dealership without the need to visit
one of our branches. We typically offer indirect loans through larger franchise dealers within our geographic
footprint. These larger franchise dealers collect credit applications from their customers and either forward the
applications to us specifically or, more commonly, submit the applications to numerous potential lenders through
online credit application networks, such as DealerTrack and RouteOne. In early 2011, we introduced AutoCredit
Source branches in the Dallas-Ft. Worth, Texas and Charlotte, North Carolina metropolitan areas, which focus
solely on originating, underwriting, and servicing indirect automobile purchase loans. We opened two additional
AutoCredit Source branches in Texas in January 2012, and in January 2013, we opened AutoCredit Source
branches in the Atlanta, Georgia and Austin, Texas metropolitan areas. In our other markets, indirect automobile
purchase loan applications are processed by our centralized underwriting department. Once the loan is approved,
the dealer closes the loan on a standardized retail installment sales contract at the point of sale. Subsequently, we
purchase the loan and then service and collect on it locally either through an AutoCredit Source branch or our
nearest branch.
10
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Automobile purchase loans are made to individuals based on the customer’s unencumbered income, length
of current employment, duration of residence, prior credit experience and credit report history, and the loan-to-
value ratio. Loan amounts are established based on underwriting standards designed to allow customers to
affordably make their loan payments out of their discretionary income. We perfect our collateral by recording our
lien and retaining the vehicle’s title. Our underwriting standards, however, are primarily based on the
creditworthiness of the borrower, and we view repossession only as a last option.
The following table sets forth the composition of our finance receivables for automobile purchase loans by
state at December 31 of each year from 2009 through 2013:
AT DECEMBER 31,
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
South Carolina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Texas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Carolina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tennessee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alabama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Oklahoma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
New Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Georgia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
61%
5%
32%
2%
64%
5%
27%
3%
1%
—
—
—
55%
13%
26%
4%
2%
—
—
—
48%
19%
26%
3%
4%
—
—
—
42%
22%
26%
3%
5%
1%
—
1%
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
The following table sets forth the total number of automobile purchase loans, finance receivables, and
average per loan for our automobile purchase loans by state at December 31, 2013:
TOTAL
NUMBER
OF LOANS
FINANCE
RECEIVABLES
AVERAGE
PER LOAN
South Carolina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Texas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Carolina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tennessee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alabama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oklahoma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Georgia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9,279
3,128
5,046
616
922
145
1
182
(In thousands)
$ 76,922
40,093
46,269
5,446
8,421
1,316
2
2,657
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19,319
$181,126
$ 8,290
12,817
9,169
8,841
9,133
9,075
2,273
14,598
$ 9,376
Retail Purchase Loans. We began offering loans to finance the purchase of furniture and appliances in late
2009 and have since continued to expand our retail purchase lending business. Our retail purchase loans are
indirect installment loans structured as retail installment sales contracts that are offered in amounts of up to
$7,500. They are payable in fixed rate, fully amortizing equal monthly installments with terms of between six
and 48 months, and are repayable at any time without penalty. In 2013, our average originated net loan size and
term for retail purchase loans were $1,379 and 21 months, respectively. The weighted average yield we earned
on our portfolio of retail purchase loans was 18.1% for 2013.
Our retail purchase loans provide financing for customers who may not qualify for prime financing from
traditional lenders. We believe that the retail purchase lending markets are underserved by sources of non-prime
financing. As compared to other limited sources of non-prime financing, our retail purchase loans often offer
more attractive interest rates and terms to customers.
11
Our retail purchase loans are indirect loans made through a retailer at the point of sale without the need for
the customer to visit one of our branches, similar to our indirect automobile purchase loans. We partner with
retailers who offer our retail purchase loans directly to their customers. In recent years, in an effort to expand our
relationship with existing retailer partners, we began offering retail purchase loans in states outside of our eight-
state brick-and-mortar footprint that are then collected centrally from our headquarters in Greenville, South
Carolina. By providing a source of non-prime financing, we are often able to help our retail partners complete
sales to customers who otherwise may not have been able to finance their purchase.
Our retail partners typically submit applications to us online or via facsimile while the customer waits. If a
customer is not accepted by a retailer’s prime financing provider, we will evaluate the customer’s credit based on
the same application data, without the need for the customer to complete an additional application. Underwriting
for our retail purchase loans is conducted through a centralized underwriting team, RMC Retail.
We individually evaluate the creditworthiness of potential retail purchase loan customers using the same
information and resources used for our other loan products, including a credit bureau report, before providing a
credit decision to the retailer within ten minutes. If we approve the loan, the retailer completes our standardized
retail installment sales contract, which includes a security interest in the purchased item. Loan amounts are
established based on underwriting standards designed to allow customers to affordably make their loan payments
out of their discretionary income. The collections of nearly all such loans are performed within our branches,
with only out-of-footprint retail purchase loans being collected centrally from our headquarters in Greenville,
South Carolina. We work with customers experiencing payment difficulties to help them find a solution and view
repossession of the collateral only as a last option.
The following table sets forth the total number of retail purchase loans, the finance receivables, and average
per loan for our retail purchase loans by state at December 31, 2013:
TOTAL
NUMBER
OF LOANS
FINANCE
RECEIVABLES
AVERAGE
PER LOAN
South Carolina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Texas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Carolina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tennessee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alabama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oklahoma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Georgia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,717
19,444
4,670
1,305
1,582
705
237
—
1,544
31,204
(In thousands)
$ 1,905
19,332
4,691
1,150
1,574
844
244
—
1,528
$31,268
$1,109
994
1,005
881
995
1,197
1,030
—
990
$1,002
Optional Credit Insurance Products. We offer our customers a number of different optional insurance
products in connection with our loans. The insurance products we offer customers are voluntary and not a
condition of the loan. Our insurance products, including the types of products offered and their terms and
conditions, vary from state to state in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. We do not sell insurance
to non-borrowers. In 2013, insurance income, net, was $11.5 million, or 6.7% of our total revenue.
We market and sell insurance policies as an agent for an unaffiliated third-party insurance company. The
policies are then ceded to our wholly-owned reinsurance subsidiary, RMC Reinsurance, Ltd., which then bears
the full risk of the policy. For the sale of insurance policies, we, as agent, write policies only within the
limitations established by our agency contracts with the unaffiliated third-party insurance company.
12
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Credit Life Insurance, Credit Accident and Health Insurance, and Involuntary Unemployment
Insurance. We market and sell optional credit life insurance, credit accident and health insurance, and
involuntary unemployment insurance in connection with our loans in selected markets. Credit life insurance
provides for the payment in full of the borrower’s credit obligation to the lender in the event of the borrower’s
death. Credit accident and health insurance, which is only offered in conjunction with credit life insurance,
provides for the repayment of loan installments to the lender that come due during an insured’s period of income
interruption resulting from disability from illness or injury. Involuntary unemployment insurance provides for
repayment of loan installments in the event the borrower is no longer employed as the result of a layoff or
reduction in workforce. All customers purchasing these types of insurance from us sign a statement on the loan
contract affirming that they understand that their purchase of insurance is not a condition of our granting the
loan.
Collateral Protection Collision Insurance. Before we originate an automobile purchase loan or large
installment loan, we require the borrower to provide proof of acceptable liability and collision insurance on the
vehicle securing the loan. While we do not offer automobile insurance to our customers, we will obtain collateral
protection collision insurance (“CPI”) on behalf of customers who permit their other insurance coverage to lapse.
If we obtain CPI for a vehicle, the customer has the opportunity to provide proof of insurance to cancel the CPI
and receive a refund of all unearned premiums.
Property Insurance. We also require that our customers provide proof of acceptable insurance for any
personal property securing a loan. Customers can provide proof of such insurance purchased from a third party
(such as homeowners or renters insurance) or can purchase the property insurance that we offer.
Our Branches
Our branches are generally conveniently located in visible, high traffic locations, such as shopping centers.
We do not need to keep large amounts of cash at our branches because we disburse loan proceeds over $200 by
check, rather than by cash payment. As a result, our branches have an open, welcoming, and hospitable layout
without the need for secure booths separating our customers from our employees.
The following table sets forth the number of branches as of the dates indicated:
AT DECEMBER 31,
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
South Carolina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Texas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Carolina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tennessee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alabama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oklahoma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — —
New Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —
Georgia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — —
69
44
24
18
14
1
61
35
19
10
9
58
31
18
6
4
69
56
26
20
42
6
2
70
67
29
21
49
21
4
3
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
117
134
170
221
264
During the period presented in the table above, we grew net branches by 147 branches. In 2013, we opened
or acquired 43 new branches, including our first branches in Georgia. In evaluating whether to locate a branch in
a particular community, we examine several factors, including the demographic profile of the community,
demonstrated demand for consumer finance, the regulatory and political climate, and the availability of suitable
employees to staff, manage, and supervise the new branch. We also look for a concentration of automobile
dealers and retailers in order to build our sales finance business.
13
The following table sets forth the average finance receivables per branch based on maturity, excluding
acquired branches and AutoCredit Source branches:
AGE OF BRANCH
(AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2013)
Branches open less than one
year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Branches open one to three
years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Branches open three to five
years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Branches open five years or
more . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AVERAGE FINANCE
RECEIVABLES PER
BRANCH AS OF
DECEMBER 31, 2013
(In thousands)
PERCENTAGE INCREASE
FROM NEWER CATEGORY
NUMBER OF
BRANCHES
$1,106
$1,537
$1,710
$2,566
—
39.0%
11.2%
50.1%
44
59
23
111
The average contribution to operating income from our branches has historically increased as our branches
mature. The following table sets forth the average operating income contribution per branch for the twelve
months ended December 31, 2013, based on maturity of the branch, excluding acquired branches and AutoCredit
Source branches.
AGE OF BRANCH
(AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2013)
Branches open less than
one year . . . . . . . . . . . .
Branches open one to
three years . . . . . . . . . .
Branches open three to
five years . . . . . . . . . . .
Branches open five years
or more . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AVERAGE BRANCH
OPERATING INCOME
CONTRIBUTION
PERCENTAGE INCREASE
FROM NEWER CATEGORY
NUMBER OF
BRANCHES
$ 72
$195
$284
$523
—
171.8%
45.9%
84.0%
44
59
23
111
We calculate the average branch contribution as total revenues generated by the branch less the expenses
directly attributable to the branch, including the provision for losses associated with loans closed at the branch
and operating expenses such as personnel, lease, and interest expenses. General corporate overhead, including
management salaries, are not attributable to any individual branch. Accordingly, the sum of branch contributions
from all of our branches is greater than our income before taxes.
Payment and Loan Collections
We have implemented company-wide payment and loan collection policies and practices, which are
designed to maintain consistent portfolio performance and to facilitate regulatory compliance. Our district
supervisors and state vice presidents oversee the training of each branch employee in these policies and practices,
which include standard procedures for communicating with customers in person, over the telephone, and by mail.
Our corporate procedures require the maintenance of a log of collection activity for each account. Our state vice
presidents, district supervisors, and internal audit teams regularly review these records to ensure compliance with
our company procedures, which are designed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements.
Our corporate policies also include encouraging customers to visit our branches to make payments.
Encouraging payment at the branch allows us to maintain regular contact with our customers and further develop
our overall relationship with them. We believe that the development and continual reinforcement of personal
relationships with customers improves our ability to monitor their creditworthiness, reduces credit risk, and
generates opportunities to offer new loan products to our customers as their credit profiles evolve. To reduce late
payment risk, branch employees encourage customers to inform us in advance of expected payment problems.
14
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Branch employees also promptly contact customers following the first missed payment due date and
thereafter remain in close contact with such customers, including through phone calls and letters. Our branch
employees also contact a delinquent customer at his or her home or place of employment and contact other
references listed on the customer’s loan application. We use third-party skip tracing services to locate delinquent
customers in the event that our branch employees are unable to do so. In certain cases, we seek a legal judgment
against delinquent customers.
We obtain security interests for most of our loans, and we perfect the security interests in vehicles securing
large installment loans and automobile purchase loans. Our district supervisors and internal audit teams regularly
review collateral documentation to confirm compliance with our guidelines. We perfect all first-lien security
interests in each pledged vehicle by retaining the title to the collateral in our files until the loan is fully repaid. In
certain states, we offer large installment loans secured by second-lien security interests on vehicles, in which case
we instead seek to perfect our security interest by recording our lien on the title. We only initiate repossession
efforts when an account is seriously delinquent, we have exhausted other means of collection, and in the opinion
of management, the customer is unlikely to make further payments. Since 2010, we have sold substantially all
repossessed vehicles through public sales conducted by independent automobile auction organizations, after the
required post-repossession waiting period. Losses on the sale of repossessed collateral are charged to the
allowance for credit losses.
In certain cases, we permit our existing customers to refinance their loans. Our refinancings of existing
loans are divided into three categories: refinancings of loans in an amount greater than the original loan amount,
renewals of existing loans at or below the original loan amount, and renewals of existing loans that are 60 or
more days past due, which represented 17.9%, 31.2%, and 0.6%, respectively, of our loan originations in 2013.
Any refinancing of a loan in an amount greater than the original amount generally requires an underwriting
review to determine a customer’s qualification for the increased loan amount. Furthermore, we obtain a new
credit report and may complete a new application on renewals of existing loans if they have not completed one
within the prior two years.
While we typically only allow customers to refinance if their loan is current, we allow customers to
refinance delinquent loans on a limited basis if those customers otherwise satisfy our credit standards (other than
with respect to the delinquency). We believe that refinancing delinquent loans for certain deserving customers
who have made periodic payments allows us to help customers to resolve temporary financial setbacks and to
repair or sustain their credit. During 2013, we refinanced only $5.3 million of loans that were 60 or more days
past due, and as of December 31, 2013, the outstanding balance of such refinancings was only $3.6 million, or
less than 0.6% of gross finance receivables as of such date.
We fully reserve on our financial statements for accounts upon 180 days of contractual delinquency.
However, we continue to pursue payments on such loans, which we believe improves overall recoveries.
Accounts may only be charged off by our district supervisors or state vice presidents following review of the
collection work applied to them. We continue to attempt to collect on charged-off loans centrally, and we do not
sell any of our charged-off accounts to third-party debt purchasers, nor do we place any debt with third-party
collection agencies.
Information Technology
Since 1999, we have used a data processing software package developed and owned by ParaData Financial
Systems and have invested in customizing the ParaData software to improve the management of our specific
processes and product types. The ParaData software is also used by many of our competitors. With this software
package, we are able to fully automate all of our loan account processing and servicing. The system provides
thorough management information and control capabilities, including monitoring of all loans made, collections,
delinquencies, and other functions. While we believe that the ParaData loan management system is adequate for
15
our current business needs, we determined in 2013 to migrate to a competing loan management and data
processing software platform offered by DHI Computing Service, Inc. d/b/a GOLDPoint Systems. We anticipate
that the transition to the GOLDPoint Systems platform will be complete in 2014. With the GOLDPoint Systems
platform, we expect enhanced functionality and efficiency in the processing and servicing of our diverse product
portfolio and growing loan account base.
Competition
The consumer finance industry is highly fragmented, with numerous competitors. The competition we face
for each of our loan products is distinct.
Small and Large Installment Loans. The small and large installment loan industry is highly fragmented in
the eight states in which we operated as of December 31, 2013. Our largest installment loan competitor in most
of the markets in which we operate is World Acceptance Corp., an installment finance lender with approximately
1,250 branches, approximately half of which are located in states that we serve. Additionally, we compete with
Security Finance Corporation for small installment loans as well as for automobile purchase loans. We believe
that Security Finance Corporation has in excess of 1,100 branches nationwide. We also compete with a handful
of private competitors with between 100 to 250 branches in certain of the states in which we operate. We believe
that the majority of our competitors are independent operators with generally less than 100 branches. We believe
that competition between installment consumer loan companies occurs primarily on the basis of price, breadth of
loan product offerings, flexibility of loan terms offered, and the quality of customer service provided. While
underbanked customers may also use alternative financial services providers, such as title lenders, payday
lenders, and pawn shops, their products offer different terms and typically carry substantially higher interest rates
than our installment loans. Accordingly, we believe alternative financial services providers are not an attractive
alternative for customers who meet our underwriting standards, which are generally stricter than the underwriting
standards of alternative financial services providers. Our small and large installment loans also compete to a
lesser extent with online or peer-to-peer lenders and issuers of non-prime credit cards.
Automobile Purchase Loans. In the automobile purchase loan industry, we compete with numerous
financial service companies, including non-prime auto lenders, dealers that provide financing, captive finance
companies owned by automobile manufacturers, banks, and to a limited extent, credit unions. Competition
among automobile purchase lenders is largely on the basis of interest rates charged, the quality of credit
accepted, the flexibility of loan terms offered, the speed of approval, and the quality of customer service
provided. Much of the automobile purchase loan marketplace has shifted to processing loan applications
generated at dealers through such online credit application networks as DealerTrack or RouteOne where prompt
service and response times to dealers and their customers are essential to compete in this market.
Retail Purchase Loans. In the retail purchase loan industry, there are currently only a small number of
lenders dedicated to non-prime retail purchase loans. To the extent customers require retail purchase financing
but do not qualify for a retailer’s prime sources of financing, the main alternatives are rent-to-own financing
providers and credit card companies. Our retail purchase loans are typically made at competitive rates, and
competition is largely on the same basis as automobile purchase loans. Point-of-sale financing decisions must be
made rapidly while the customer is on the sales floor. We endeavor to provide responses to customers in less than
ten minutes, and we staff RMC Retail, our centralized retail purchase loan underwriting team, with multiple
shifts seven days per week during peak retail shopping hours to ensure rapid response times.
Seasonality
Our loan volume and corresponding finance receivables follow seasonal trends. Demand for our loans is
typically highest during the fourth quarter, largely due to holiday spending. Loan demand has generally been the
lowest during the first quarter, largely due to decreases in demand as a result of the timing of income tax refunds.
During the remainder of the year, our loan volume typically grows from customer loan activity. In addition, we
16
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
typically generate higher loan volumes in the second half of the year from our convenience check campaigns,
which are timed to coincide with seasonal consumer demand. Consequently, we experience significant seasonal
fluctuations in our operating results and cash needs.
Employees
As of December 31, 2013, we had 1,117 employees, none of whom were represented by labor unions. We
consider our relations with our personnel to be good. We experience a high level of turnover among our entry-
level employees, which we believe is typical of the consumer finance industry.
Staff and Training. Local branches are generally staffed with three to four employees. The branch manager
oversees operations of the branch and is responsible for approving loan applications. Each branch has one or two
assistant managers who contact delinquent customers, review loan applications, and prepare operational reports.
Each branch also has a customer service representative who takes loan applications, processes loan applications,
processes payments, and assists in the preparation of operational reports, collection efforts, and marketing
activities. Larger volume branches may employ additional assistant managers and customer service
representatives. New employees train on a detailed operating manual that outlines our operating policies and
procedures during the first year of employment. In addition, each branch provides weekly in-branch training
sessions and periodic training sessions outside the branch. Our training of assistant managers focuses upon
developing the skills necessary to allow for the future promotion of the assistant managers to branch managers.
Monitoring and Supervision. We have extensive oversight structures and procedures in place to ensure
compliance with our operational standards and policies and the applicable regulatory requirements in each state.
All of our loans, other than indirect automobile and retail purchase loans, are prepared using our loan
management software, which is programmed to compute fees, interest rates, and other loan terms in compliance
with our underwriting standards and applicable regulations. We work with our regulatory counsel to develop
standardized forms and agreements for each state, ensuring consistency and compliance.
Our loan operations are organized by geography. As of March 2014, we have two state vice presidents to
oversee Texas; one state vice president to oversee North Carolina and a portion of South Carolina; one state vice
president to oversee South Carolina and Georgia; one state vice president to oversee New Mexico and Oklahoma;
and one state vice president to oversee Alabama and Tennessee. Several levels of management monitor and
supervise the operations of each of our branches. Branch managers are directly responsible for the performance
of their respective branches. District supervisors are responsible for the performance of between 8 and 13
branches in their districts, communicating with the branch managers of each of their branches at least weekly,
and visiting the branches at least monthly. Our state vice presidents monitor the performance of all of our
branches, primarily through communications with district supervisors. These state vice presidents communicate
with the district supervisors of each of their districts at least weekly and visit each of their branches at least
annually, or more often as necessary. Our information technology platform enables us to regularly monitor our
portfolio, which we believe improves our credit performance.
At least once per year, each branch undergoes an audit by our internal auditors. These audits include an
examination of cash balances and compliance with our loan approval, review and collection procedures, and
compliance with state and federal laws and regulations. Branches that do not receive a satisfactory grade from
our internal audit team are automatically re-audited within 90 days in order to confirm operational improvements.
In 2009, we introduced a “scorecard” program to systematically monitor a range of operating metrics at
each branch. Our scorecard system currently tracks 15 different dimensions of operations, including the
performance and compliance of each branch on a series of underwriting metrics. Our headquarters staff provides
central oversight by reconciling on a daily basis all account payments, cash balances, and bank deposits for each
of our branches. Senior management receives daily delinquency, loan volume, charge-off, and other statistical
reports consolidated by state and has access to these daily reports for each branch. On at least a quarterly basis,
17
district supervisors audit the operations of each branch in their geographic area and submit standardized reports
detailing their findings to senior management. State vice presidents meet with the executive management team
once per quarter to review branch scorecard results as well as to discuss other operational and financial
performance results against our targets and historical standards. Remedial plans are put in place to correct any
underperformance.
Government Regulation
Consumer finance companies are subject to extensive regulation, supervision, and licensing under various
state and federal statutes, ordinances, and regulations. Many of these regulations impose detailed constraints on
the terms of our loans or the retail installment sales contracts that we purchase, lending forms, and operations.
The software that we use to originate loans is designed to ensure compliance with all applicable lending
regulations.
State Lending Regulation. In general, state statutes establish maximum loan amounts and interest rates and
the types and maximum amounts of fees and insurance premiums that may be charged for both direct and indirect
lending. Specific allowable charges vary by state. Statutes in Texas allow for indexing the maximum small loan
amounts to the Consumer Price Index and set maximum rates for automobile purchase loans based on the age of
the vehicle. Except in the states of North Carolina and New Mexico, our direct loan products are pre-computed
loans in which the finance charge is determined at the time of the loan origination and is a combination of
origination or acquisition fees, account maintenance fees, monthly account handling fees, and other charges
permitted by the relevant state laws. Direct loans in North Carolina and New Mexico are structured as simple
interest loans as prescribed by state law.
In addition, state laws regulate the keeping of books and records and other aspects of the operation of
consumer finance companies. State and federal laws regulate account collection practices. Generally, state
regulations also establish minimum capital requirements for each local branch. State agency approval is required
to open new branches.
Each of our branches is separately licensed under the laws of the state in which the branch is located.
Licenses granted by the regulatory agencies in these states are subject to renewal every year and may be revoked
for failure to comply with applicable state and federal laws and regulations. In the states in which we currently
operate, licenses may be revoked only after an administrative hearing. We believe we are in compliance with
state law and regulations applicable to our lending operations in each state.
We and our operations are regulated by several state agencies, including the Consumer Finance Division of
the South Carolina State Board of Financial Institutions, the South Carolina Department of Consumer Affairs, the
North Carolina Office of the Commissioner of Banks, the Texas Office of the Consumer Credit Commissioner,
the Tennessee Department of Financial Institutions, the Alabama State Banking Department, the Oklahoma
Department of Consumer Credit, the New Mexico Regulation and Licensing Department, Financial Institutions
Division, and the Georgia Industrial Loan Division of the Office of Insurance and Safety Fire Commissioner.
These state regulatory agencies audit our branches from time to time, and each state agency performs an annual
compliance audit of our operations in that state.
Insurance Regulation. Charges for credit insurance and similar payment protection products are made at
authorized statutory rates and are stated separately in our disclosure to customers, as required by the federal
Truth in Lending Act and by various applicable state laws.
We are also subject to state regulations governing insurance agents in the states in which we sell insurance.
State insurance regulations require that insurance agents be licensed and limit the premium amount charged for
such insurance. Our captive insurance subsidiary is regulated by the insurance authorities of the Turks and Caicos
Islands of the British West Indies, where the subsidiary is organized and domiciled.
18
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). At the
federal level, Congress enacted comprehensive financial regulatory reform legislation on July 21, 2010. A
significant focus of the new law, known as the Dodd-Frank Act, is heightened consumer protection. The Dodd-
Frank Act established a new body, called the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”), which has
regulatory, supervisory, and enforcement powers over providers of consumer financial products and services,
including explicit supervisory authority to examine and require registration of non-depository lenders and
promulgate rules that can affect the practices and activities of lenders.
Although the Dodd-Frank Act expressly provides that the CFPB has no authority to establish usury limits,
some consumer advocacy groups have suggested that various forms of alternative financial services or specific
features of consumer loan products should be a regulatory priority, and it is possible that at some time in the
future the CFPB could propose and adopt rules making such lending services materially less profitable or
impractical, which may include installment finance loans or other products that we offer.
The Dodd-Frank Act also gives the CFPB the authority to examine and regulate large nondepository
financial companies and gives the CFPB authority over anyone deemed by rule to be a “larger participant of a
market for other consumer financial products or services.” The CFPB contemplates regulating the installment
lending industry as part of the “consumer credit and related activities” market. However, this so-called “larger
participant rule” will not impose substantive consumer protection requirements, but rather will provide to the
CFPB the authority to supervise larger participants in certain markets, including by requiring reports and
conducting examinations to ensure, among other things, that they are complying with existing federal consumer
financial law. While the CFPB has defined a “larger participant” standard for certain markets, such as the “debt
collection” and “consumer reporting” markets, it has not yet acted to define “larger participant” in the “consumer
credit and related activities” market. The rule will likely cover only the largest installment lenders. We do not yet
know whether the definition of larger participant will cover us.
In addition to the grant of certain regulatory powers to the CFPB, the Dodd-Frank Act gives the CFPB
authority to pursue administrative proceedings or litigation for violations of federal consumer financial laws. In
these proceedings, the CFPB can obtain cease and desist orders (which can include orders for restitution or
rescission of contracts, as well as other kinds of affirmative relief) and monetary penalties.
Other Federal Laws and Regulations. In addition to the Dodd-Frank Act and state and local laws and
regulations, numerous other federal laws and regulations affect our lending operations. These laws include the
Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley
Act, and in each case the regulations thereunder, and the Federal Trade Commission’s Credit Practices Rule.
These laws require us to provide complete disclosure of the principal terms of each loan to the borrower, prior to
the consummation of the loan transaction, prohibit misleading advertising, protect against discriminatory lending
practices, and proscribe unfair credit practices.
Under the Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z promulgated thereunder, we must disclose certain
material terms related to a credit transaction, including, but not limited to, the annual percentage rate, finance
charge, amount financed, total of payments, the number and amount of payments, and payment due dates to
repay the indebtedness. Under the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B promulgated thereunder, we
cannot discriminate against any credit applicant on the basis of any protected category, such as race, color,
religion, national origin, sex, marital status, or age. We are also required to make certain disclosures regarding
consumer rights and advise customers whose credit applications are not approved of the reasons for the rejection.
Under the Fair Credit Reporting Act, we must provide certain information to customers whose credit applications
are not approved on the basis of a report obtained from a consumer reporting agency, promptly update any credit
information reported to a credit reporting agency about a customer, and have a process by which customers may
inquire about credit information furnished by us to a consumer reporting agency. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley
Act, we must protect the confidentiality of our customers’ nonpublic personal information and disclose
information on our privacy policy and practices, including with regard to the sharing of customers’ nonpublic
19
personal information with third parties. This disclosure must be made to customers at the time the customer
relationship is established and, in some cases, at least annually thereafter. The Federal Trade Commission’s
Credit Practices Rule limits the types of property we may accept as collateral to secure a consumer loan.
Violations of these statutes and regulations may result in actions for damages, claims for refund of payments
made, certain fines and penalties, injunctions against certain practices, and the potential forfeiture of rights to
repayment of loans.
Additional Information
The Company’s principal internet address is www.regionalmanagement.com. The information contained on, or
that can be accessed through, the Company’s website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form
10-K. The Company has included its website address as a factual reference and does not intend it as an active link to its
website. The Company provides its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports
on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, free of charge on www.regionalmanagement.com, as soon as
reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.
20
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.
We operate in a rapidly changing environment that involves a number of risks, some of which are beyond
our control. This discussion highlights some of the risks which may affect future operating results. These are the
risks and uncertainties we believe are most important for you to consider, but the risks described below are not
the only risks facing our company. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, which we
currently deem immaterial, or which are similar to those faced by other companies in our industry or business in
general, may also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks or uncertainties actually occurs,
our business, financial condition, and operating results would likely suffer. You should carefully consider the
risks described below together with the other information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Risks Related to Our Business
We have grown significantly in recent years and our delinquency and charge-off rates and overall results
of operations may be adversely affected if we do not manage our growth effectively.
We have experienced substantial growth in recent years, opening or acquiring 36 branches in 2011, a net 51
in 2012, and 43 in 2013, and we intend to continue our growth strategy in the future. As we increase the number
of branches we operate, we will be required to find new, or relocate existing, employees to operate our branches
and allocate resources to train and supervise those employees. The success of a branch depends significantly on
the manager overseeing its operations and on our ability to enforce our underwriting standards and implement
controls over branch operations. Recruiting suitable managers for new branches can be challenging, particularly
in remote areas and areas where we face significant competition. Furthermore, the annual turnover in 2013
among our branch managers was approximately 21%, and turnover rates of managers in our new branches may
be similar or higher. Increasing the number of branches that we operate may divide the attention of our senior
management or strain our ability to adapt our infrastructure and systems to accommodate our growth. If we are
unable to promote, relocate, or recruit suitable managers and oversee their activities effectively, our delinquency
and charge-off rates may increase and our overall results of operations may be adversely impacted.
We face significant risks in implementing our growth strategy, some of which are outside our control.
We intend to continue our growth strategy, which is based on opening and acquiring branches in existing
and new markets and introducing new products and channels. Our ability to execute this growth strategy is
subject to significant risks, some of which are beyond our control, including:
•
•
•
•
•
the prevailing laws and regulatory environment of each state in which we operate or seek to operate
and, to the extent applicable, federal laws and regulations, which are subject to change at any time;
the degree of competition in new markets and its effect on our ability to attract new customers;
our ability to identify attractive locations for new branches;
our ability to recruit qualified personnel, in particular in remote areas and areas where we face a great
deal of competition; and
our ability to obtain adequate financing for our expansion plans.
For example, North Carolina requires a “needs and convenience” assessment of a new lending license and
location prior to the granting of the license, which adds time and expense to opening de novo locations. In
addition, certain states into which we may expand limit the number of lending licenses granted. There can be no
assurance that if we apply for a license for a new branch, whether in one of the states where we currently operate
or in a state into which we would like to expand, we would be granted a license to operate. We also cannot be
certain that any such license, even if granted, would be obtained in a timely manner or without burdensome
conditions or limitations. In addition, we may not be able to obtain and maintain any regulatory approvals,
government permits, or licenses that may be required.
21
We face strong direct and indirect competition.
The consumer finance industry is highly competitive, and the barriers to entry for new competitors are
relatively low in the markets in which we operate. We compete for customers, locations, and other important
aspects of our business with many other local, regional, national, and international financial institutions, many of
which have greater financial resources than we do.
Our installment loan operations compete with other installment lenders as well as with alternative financial
services providers (such as payday and title lenders, check advance companies, and pawnshops), online or peer-
to-peer lenders, issuers of non-prime credit cards, and other competitors. We believe that future regulatory
developments in the consumer finance industry may cause lenders that currently focus on alternative financial
services to begin to offer installment loans. In addition, if companies in the installment loan business attempt to
provide more attractive loan terms than is standard across the industry, we may lose customers to those
competitors. In installment loans, we compete primarily on the basis of price, breadth of loan product offerings,
flexibility of loan terms offered, and the quality of customer service provided.
Our automobile purchase loan operations compete with numerous financial services providers, including
non-prime auto lenders, dealers that provide financing, captive finance companies owned by automobile
manufacturers, banks, and to a limited extent, credit unions. Our retail purchase loan operations compete with
store and third-party credit cards, prime lending sources, rent-to-own finance providers, and other competitors.
Although the retail purchase loan market includes few competitors serving non-prime borrowers, there are
numerous competitors offering non-prime automobile purchase loans. For automobile purchase loans and retail
purchase loans, we compete primarily on the basis of interest rates charged, the quality of credit accepted, the
flexibility of loan terms offered, the speed of approval, and the quality of customer service provided.
If we fail to compete successfully, we could face lower sales and may decide or be compelled to materially
alter our lending terms to our customers, which could result in decreased profitability.
A substantial majority of our revenue is generated by our branches in South Carolina, Texas, and North
Carolina.
Our branches in South Carolina accounted for 37.0% of our revenue in 2013. In addition, our branches in
Texas and North Carolina accounted for 23.3% and 14.8%, respectively, of our revenue in 2013. Furthermore, all
of our operations are in five Southeastern and three Southwestern states. As a result, we are highly susceptible to
adverse economic conditions in those areas. The unemployment rates in some states in our footprint are among
the highest in the country. High unemployment rates may reduce the number of qualified borrowers to whom we
will extend loans, which would result in reduced loan originations. Adverse economic conditions may increase
delinquencies and charge-offs and decrease our overall loan portfolio quality. If any of the adverse regulatory or
legislative events described in this “Risk Factors” section were to occur in South Carolina, Texas, or North
Carolina, it could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition. For
example, if interest rates in South Carolina, which are currently not capped, were to be capped, our business,
results of operations, and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.
Our business could suffer if we are unsuccessful in making, continuing, and growing relationships with
automobile dealers and retailers.
Our automobile purchase loans and retail purchase loans are reliant on our relationships with automobile
dealers and retailers. In particular, our automobile purchase loan operations depend in large part upon our ability
to establish and maintain relationships with reputable dealers who direct customers to our branches or originate
loans at the point of sale, which we subsequently purchase. Although we have relationships with certain
automobile dealers, none of our relationships are exclusive, some of them are newly established, and they may be
terminated at any time. As a result of the recent economic downturn and contraction of credit to both dealers and
their customers, there has been an increase in dealership closures and our existing dealer base has experienced
22
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
decreased sales and loan volume in the past and may experience decreased sales and loan volume in the future,
which may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our retail purchase loan business model is based on our ability to enter into agreements with individual
retailers to provide financing to customers in their stores. Although our relationships with independent licensees
of a major U.S. furniture retailer are currently a significant source of our retail purchase loans, we do not have a
relationship with the retailer itself or its manufacturing affiliate and instead depend on non-exclusive
relationships with individual licensees of the retailer, each of which may be terminated at any time. If a
competitor were to offer better service or more attractive loan products to our retailer partners, it is possible that
our retail partners would terminate their relationships with us. If we are unable to continue to grow our existing
relationships and develop new relationships, our results of operations, financial condition, and ability to continue
to expand could be adversely affected.
Regular turnover among our managers and other employees at our branches makes it more difficult for
us to operate our branches and increases our costs of operations, which could have an adverse effect on our
business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our workforce is comprised primarily of employees who work on an hourly basis. In certain areas where we
operate, there is significant competition for employees. In the past, we have lost employees and candidates to
competitors who have been willing to pay higher compensation than we pay. Our ability to continue to expand
our operations depends on our ability to attract, train, and retain a large and growing number of qualified
employees. The turnover among all of our branch employees was approximately 37% in 2011, 38% in 2012, and
38% in 2013. This turnover increases our cost of operations and makes it more difficult to operate our branches.
Our customer service representative and assistant manager roles have historically experienced high turnover. We
may not be able to retain and cultivate personnel at these ranks for future promotion to branch manager. If our
employee turnover rates increase above historical levels or if unanticipated problems arise from our high
employee turnover and we are unable to readily replace such employees, our business, results of operations,
financial condition, and ability to continue to expand could be adversely affected.
We are subject to government regulations concerning our hourly and our other employees, including
minimum wage, overtime, and health care laws.
We are subject to applicable rules and regulations relating to our relationship with our employees, including
minimum wage and break requirements, health benefits, unemployment and sales taxes, overtime, and working
conditions and immigration status. Legislated increases in the federal minimum wage and increases in additional
labor cost components, such as employee benefit costs, workers’ compensation insurance rates, compliance costs
and fines, as well as the cost of litigation in connection with these regulations, would increase our labor costs.
Unionizing and collective bargaining efforts have received increased attention nationwide in recent periods. Should
our employees become represented by unions, we would be obligated to bargain with those unions with respect to
wages, hours, and other terms and conditions of employment, which is likely to increase our labor costs. Moreover,
as part of the process of union organizing and collective bargaining, strikes and other work stoppages may occur,
which would cause disruption to our business. Similarly, many employers nationally in similar retail environments
have been subject to actions brought by governmental agencies and private individuals under wage-hour laws on a
variety of claims, such as improper classification of workers as exempt from overtime pay requirements and failure
to pay overtime wages properly, with such actions sometimes brought as class actions, and these actions can result
in material liabilities and expenses. Should we be subject to employment litigation, such as actions involving wage-
hour, overtime, break, and working time, it may distract our management from business matters and result in
increased labor costs. In addition, we currently sponsor employer-subsidized premiums for major medical programs
for eligible salaried personnel and minimum essential coverage programs for eligible hourly employees who elect
health care coverage through our insurance programs. As a result of regulatory changes, we may not be able to
continue to offer health care coverage to our employees on affordable terms or at all. If we are unable to locate,
attract, train, or retain qualified personnel, or if our costs of labor increase significantly, our business, results of
operations, and financial condition may be adversely affected.
23
Our convenience check direct mail strategy exposes us to certain risks.
A significant portion of our growth in our small installment loans has been achieved through our direct mail
campaigns, which involve mailing to pre-screened recipients “convenience checks,” which customers can sign
and cash or deposit, thereby agreeing to the terms of the loan, which are disclosed on the front and back of the
check and in the accompanying disclosures. We use convenience checks to seed new branch openings and attract
new customers and those with higher credit in our geographic footprint. In 2013, loans initiated through
convenience checks represented 22.1% of the value of our originated loans. We expect that convenience checks
will represent a greater percentage of our small installment loans in the future. There are several risks associated
with the use of convenience checks, including the following:
•
it is more difficult to maintain sound underwriting standards with convenience check customers, and
these customers have historically presented a higher risk of default than customers that originate loans
in our branches, as we do not meet a convenience check customer prior to soliciting them and
extending a loan to them, and we may not be able to verify certain elements of their financial condition,
including their current employment status or life circumstances;
• we rely on a software-based model and credit information from a third-party credit bureau that is more
limited than a full credit report to pre-screen potential convenience check recipients, which may not be
as effective or may be inaccurate or outdated;
• we face limitations on the number of potential borrowers who meet our lending criteria within
proximity to our branches;
• we may not be able to continue to access the demographic and credit file information that we use to
generate our mailing lists due to expanded regulatory or privacy restrictions;
•
convenience checks pose a greater risk of fraud;
• we depend on one bank to issue and clear our convenience checks and any failure by that bank to
properly process the convenience checks could limit the ability of a recipient to cash the check and
enter into a loan with us;
• we sell clearly disclosed optional credit insurance products as part of our convenience check mailing
campaigns; however, customers may subsequently claim that they did not receive sufficient
explanation or notice of the insurance products that they purchased;
•
•
customers may opt out of direct mail solicitations and solicitations based on their credit file or may
otherwise prohibit us from soliciting them; and
postal rates and piece printing rates may continue to rise.
Our expected increase in the use of convenience checks will further increase our exposure to, and the
magnitude of, these risks.
A reduction in demand for our products and failure by us to adapt to such reduction could adversely
affect our business and results of operations.
The demand for the products we offer may be reduced due to a variety of factors, such as demographic
patterns, changes in customer preferences or financial conditions, regulatory restrictions that decrease customer
access to particular products, or the availability of competing products. For example, we are highly dependent
upon selecting and maintaining attractive branch locations. These locations are subject to local market
conditions, including the employment available in the area, housing costs, traffic patterns, crime, and other
demographic influences, any of which may quickly change. Should we fail to adapt to significant changes in our
customers’ demand for, or access to, our products, our revenues could decrease significantly and our operations
could be harmed. Even if we do make changes to existing products or introduce new products to fulfill customer
demand, customers may resist or may reject such products. Moreover, the effect of any product change on the
24
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
results of our business may not be fully ascertainable until the change has been in effect for some time, and by
that time it may be too late to make further modifications to such product without causing further harm to our
business, results of operations, and financial condition.
We may attempt to pursue acquisitions or strategic alliances which may be unsuccessful.
We may attempt to achieve our business objectives through acquisitions and strategic alliances. We compete
with other companies for these opportunities, including companies with greater financial resources, and we
cannot be certain that we will be able to effect acquisitions or strategic alliances on commercially reasonable
terms, or at all. Furthermore, most acquisitions that we have pursued previously have been significantly smaller
than us. We do not have extensive experience with integrating larger acquisitions. In pursuing these transactions,
we may experience, among other things:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
overvaluing potential targets;
difficulties in integrating any acquired companies, branches, or products into our existing business,
including integration of account data into our information systems;
inability to realize the benefits we anticipate in a timely fashion, or at all;
attrition of key personnel from acquired businesses;
unexpected losses due to the acquisition of loan portfolios with loans originated using less stringent
underwriting criteria;
significant costs, charges, or writedowns; or
unforeseen operating difficulties that require significant financial and managerial resources that would
otherwise be available for the ongoing development and expansion of our existing operations.
We are exposed to credit risk in our lending activities.
Our ability to collect on loans depends on the willingness and repayment ability of our borrowers. Any
material adverse change in the ability or willingness of a significant portion of our borrowers to meet their
obligations to us, whether due to changes in economic conditions, the cost of consumer goods, interest rates,
natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, or other causes over which we have no control, would have a material
adverse impact on our earnings and financial condition. Further, a substantial majority of our borrowers are non-
prime borrowers, who are more likely to be affected, and more severely affected, by adverse macroeconomic
conditions such as those that have persisted over the past several years. We generally consider customers with a
Beacon score, a measure of credit provided by Equifax, below 645 to be non-prime borrowers, although we also
consider factors other than Beacon scores in evaluating a potential customer’s credit, such as length of
employment and duration of current residence. There is no industry standard definition of non-prime and,
consequently, other lenders may use different criteria to identify non-prime customers. We cannot be certain that
our credit administration personnel, policies, and procedures will adequately adapt to changes in economic or any
other conditions affecting customers and the quality of the loan portfolio.
We may be limited in our ability to collect on our loan portfolio, and the security interests securing a
significant portion of our loan portfolio are not perfected, which may increase our credit losses.
Legal and practical limitations may limit our ability to collect on our loan portfolio, resulting in increased
credit losses, decreased revenues, and decreased earnings. State and federal laws and regulations restrict our
collection efforts. Most of our loan portfolio is secured, but a significant portion of such security interests have not
been and will not be perfected. The amounts that we are able to recover from the repossession and sale of collateral
typically does not cover the outstanding loan balance and costs of recovery. In cases where we repossess a vehicle
securing a loan, we generally sell our repossessed automobile inventory through public sales conducted by
25
independent automobile auction organizations after the required post-repossession waiting period. There is
approximately a 30-day period between the time we repossess a vehicle or other property and the time it is sold at
auction. In certain instances, we may sell repossessed collateral other than vehicles through our branches after the
required post-repossession waiting period and appropriate receipt of valid bids. The proceeds we receive from such
sales depend upon various factors, including the supply of, and demand for, used vehicles and other property at the
time of sale. During periods of economic slowdown or recession, such as have existed in the United States for much
of the past several years, there may be less demand for used vehicles and other property.
Further, a significant portion of our loan portfolio is not secured by perfected security interests, including
small installment loans and retail purchase loans. The lack of perfected security interests is one of several factors
that may make it more difficult for us to collect on our loan portfolio. During 2013, net charge-offs as a
percentage of average finance receivables on our small installment loans, which are typically secured by
unperfected interests in personal property, were 8.4%, while net charge-offs as a percentage of average finance
receivables for our large installment loans and automobile purchase loans, which are typically secured by
perfected interests in an automobile or other vehicle, for the same periods were 5.1% and 5.4%, respectively.
Additionally, for those of our loans which are unsecured, borrowers may choose to repay obligations under other
indebtedness before repaying loans to us because such borrowers have no collateral at risk. Lastly, given the
relatively small size of our loans, the costs of collecting loans may be high relative to the amount of the loan. As
a result, many collection practices that are legally available, such as litigation, may be financially impracticable.
These factors may increase our credit losses, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations and financial condition.
In addition, there is an inherent risk that a portion of the retail installment contracts that we hold will be in
default or be subject to certain claims or defenses that the borrower may assert against the originator of the
contract, or us as the holder of the contract. We face the risk that if high unemployment or adverse economic
developments occur or continue in one or more of our markets, a large number of retail installment contracts will
become defaulted. In addition, most of the borrowers under these contracts have some negative credit history.
There can be no assurance that our allowance for credit losses will prove sufficient to cover actual losses in the
future on these contracts.
Our policies and procedures for underwriting, processing, and servicing loans are subject to potential
failure or circumvention, which may adversely affect our results of operations.
Controls and procedures are particularly important for consumer finance companies. Any system of
controls, however well-designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only
reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our
controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Most of our underwriting activities and our credit extension decisions are made at our local branches. We
train our employees individually on-site in the branch to make loans that conform to our underwriting standards.
Such training includes critical aspects of state and federal regulatory compliance, cash handling, account
management, and customer relations. Although we have standardized employee manuals, we primarily rely on
our district supervisors, with oversight by our state vice presidents, branch auditors, and headquarters personnel,
to train and supervise our branch employees, rather than centralized or standardized training programs.
Therefore, the quality of training and supervision may vary from district to district and branch to branch
depending upon the amount of time apportioned to training and supervision and individual interpretations of our
operations policies and procedures. We cannot be certain that every loan is made in accordance with our
underwriting standards and rules. We have in the past experienced some instances of loans extended that varied
from our underwriting standards. Variances in underwriting standards and lack of supervision could expose us to
greater delinquencies and charge-offs than we have historically experienced.
In addition, underwriting decisions are based on information provided by customers and counterparties, the
inaccuracy or incompleteness of which may adversely affect our results of operations. In deciding whether to
26
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
extend credit or enter into other transactions with customers and counterparties, we rely on information furnished
to us by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial information. We also rely on
representations of customers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Our
earnings and our financial condition could be negatively impacted to the extent the information furnished to us
by and on behalf of customers and counterparties is not correct or complete.
Employee misconduct could harm us by subjecting us to significant legal liability, regulatory scrutiny,
and reputational harm.
Our reputation is critical to maintaining and developing relationships with our existing and potential
customers and third parties with whom we do business. There is a risk that our employees could engage in
misconduct that adversely affects our business. For example, if an employee were to engage—or be accused of
engaging—in illegal or suspicious activities, we could be subject to regulatory sanctions and suffer serious harm
to our reputation, financial condition, customer relationships, and ability to attract future customers. Employee
misconduct could prompt regulators to allege or to determine based upon such misconduct that we have not
established adequate supervisory systems and procedures to inform employees of applicable rules or to detect
and deter violations of such rules. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we
take to detect and prevent misconduct may not be effective in all cases. Misconduct by our employees, or even
unsubstantiated allegations, could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation and our business.
Our risk management efforts may not be effective.
We could incur substantial losses and our business operations could be disrupted if we are unable to
effectively identify, manage, monitor, and mitigate financial risks, such as credit risk, interest rate risk,
prepayment risk, liquidity risk, and other market-related risks, as well as operational risks related to our business,
assets, and liabilities. Our risk management policies, procedures, and techniques, may not be sufficient to identify
all of the risks we are exposed to, mitigate the risks we have identified, or identify additional risks to which we
may become subject in the future.
If our estimates of reserves for credit losses are not adequate to absorb actual losses, our provision for
credit losses would increase, which would adversely affect our results of operations.
We maintain an allowance for credit losses for all loans we make. To estimate the appropriate level of credit
loss reserves, we consider known and relevant internal and external factors that affect loan collectability,
including the total amount of loans outstanding, historical loan charge-offs, our current collection patterns, and
economic trends. Our methodology for establishing our reserves for credit losses is based in large part on our
historic loss experience. If customer behavior changes as a result of economic conditions and if we are unable to
predict how the unemployment rate, housing foreclosures, and general economic uncertainty may affect our
credit loss reserves, our provision may be inadequate. During fiscal 2013, our provision for credit losses was
$39.2 million, and we had net charge-offs of $32.7 million related to losses on our loans. As of December 31,
2013, our finance receivables were $544.7 million. Maintaining the adequacy of our allowance for credit losses
may require that we make significant and unanticipated increases in our provisions for credit losses, which would
materially affect our results of operations. Our credit loss reserves, however, are estimates, and if actual credit
losses are materially greater than our credit loss reserves, our financial condition and results of operations could
be adversely affected. Neither state regulators nor federal regulators regulate our allowance for credit losses.
Our use of derivatives exposes us to credit and market risk.
From time to time, we may use derivatives to manage our exposure to interest rate risk. By using derivative
instruments, we are exposed to credit and market risk.
27
Interest rates on automobile purchase and retail purchase loans are determined at competitive market
interest rates, and we may fail to adequately set interest rates, which may adversely affect our business.
In recent years, we have expanded our automobile purchase loan business and our retail purchase loan
business, and we plan to continue to expand those businesses in the future. Unlike installment loans, which in
certain states are typically made at or near the maximum interest rates permitted by law, automobile purchase
loans and retail purchase loans are often made at competitive market interest rates, which are governed by laws
for installment sales contracts. We have limited experience in determining interest rates in these markets. If we
fail to set interest rates at a level that adequately reflects the credit risks of our customers, or if we set interest
rates at a level too low to sustain our profitability, our business, results of operations, and financial condition
could be adversely affected.
Failure of third-party service providers upon which we rely could adversely affect our business.
We rely on certain third-party service providers. In particular, we currently rely on two key vendors to print
and mail our convenience checks for our direct mail marketing campaigns. Our reliance on third parties such as
these can expose us to risks. For example, an error by our former convenience check vendor during 2010 resulted
in checks being misdirected, requiring us in some cases to notify state regulators and to refund certain interest
and fee amounts, and exposing us to increased credit risk. If any of our third-party service providers, including
our convenience check vendors, are unable to provide their services timely and effectively, or at all, it could have
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations and cash flows.
We depend to a substantial extent on borrowings under our senior revolving credit facility to fund our
liquidity needs.
We have a senior revolving credit facility committed through May 2016 that allows us to borrow up to
$500.0 million, assuming we are in compliance with a number of covenants and conditions. As of December 31, 2013,
the amount outstanding under our senior revolving credit facility was $362.8 million and we had $137.2 million of
unused capacity on the credit facility, subject to the borrowing base of 85% of eligible finance receivables. During
fiscal 2013, the maximum amount of borrowings outstanding under the facility at one time was $363.3 million. We use
our senior revolving credit facility as a source of liquidity, including for working capital and to fund the loans we make
to our customers. If our existing sources of liquidity become insufficient to satisfy our financial needs or our access to
these sources becomes unexpectedly restricted, we may need to try to raise additional debt or equity in the future. If
such an event were to occur, we can give no assurance that such alternate sources of liquidity would be available to us
on favorable terms or at all. In addition, we cannot be certain that we will be able to replace the amended and restated
senior revolving credit facility when it matures on favorable terms or at all. If any of these events occur, our business,
results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.
We are not insulated from the pressures and potentially negative consequences of the recent financial crisis
and similar risks beyond our control that have and may continue to affect the capital and credit markets, the
broader economy, the financial services industry, or the segment of that industry in which we operate.
Continued or worsening general business and economic conditions could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial position, results of operations, and cash flows, and may increase loan defaults and
affect the value and liquidity of your investment.
Over the past several years, the global economy has experienced a significant recession, as well as a severe,
ongoing disruption in the credit markets and a material and adverse effect on the jobs market and individual
borrowers. While the United States economy may technically have come out of the recession, the recovery is
fragile and may not be sustainable for any specific period of time, and could slip into an even more significant
recession. Our financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of our borrowers to make payments
on outstanding loans, is highly dependent upon the business and economic environments in the markets where we
operate and in the United States as a whole.
28
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
During an economic downturn or recession, credit losses in the financial services industry generally increase
and demand for credit products often decreases. Declining asset values, defaults on consumer loans, and the lack
of market and investor confidence, as well as other factors, have all combined to decrease liquidity. As a result of
these factors, some banks and other lenders have suffered significant losses, and the strength and liquidity of
many financial institutions worldwide has weakened. Additionally, our loan servicing costs and collection costs
may increase as we may have to expend greater time and resources on these activities. Our underwriting criteria,
policies and procedures, and product offerings may not sufficiently protect our growth and profitability during a
sustained period of economic downturn or recession. Any continued or further economic downturn will adversely
affect the financial resources of our customers and may result in the inability of our customers to make principal
and interest payments on, or refinance, the outstanding debt when due.
Economic conditions remain historically weak, and there can be no assurance that they will improve in the
near term. Should such conditions worsen or continue to remain weak, they may adversely affect the credit
quality of our loans. In the event of increased default by borrowers under the loans, our business, results of
operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.
We are subject to interest rate risk resulting from general economic conditions and policies of various
governmental and regulatory agencies.
Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic
conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Federal Reserve
Board. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence the amount of interest we
pay on our senior revolving credit facility or any other floating interest rate obligations we may incur, which
would increase our operating costs and decrease our operating margins. Interest payable on our senior revolving
credit facility is variable, based on LIBOR with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%, and could increase in the future.
Furthermore, market conditions or regulatory restrictions on interest rates we charge may prevent us from
passing any increases in interest rates along to our customers.
Our revolving credit agreement contains restrictions and limitations that could affect our ability to
operate our business.
The credit agreement governing our senior revolving credit facility contains a number of covenants that
could adversely affect our business and the flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions
or opportunities. Among other things, these covenants limit our ability to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;
purchase large loan portfolios in bulk;
pay dividends or make distributions on our capital stock or make certain other restricted payments;
sell assets, including our loan portfolio or the capital stock of our subsidiaries;
enter into transactions with our affiliates;
create or incur liens; and
consolidate, merge, sell, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets.
In addition, the credit agreement imposes certain obligations on us relating to our underwriting standards,
recordkeeping and servicing of our loans, and our loss reserves and charge-off policies. It also requires us to
maintain certain financial ratios, including an interest coverage ratio and a borrowing base ratio (calculated as the
ratio of our unsubordinated debt to the sum of our adjusted tangible net worth and our subordinated debt). If we
were to breach any covenants or obligations under the credit agreement and such breaches were to result in an
event of default, our lenders could cause all amounts outstanding to become due and payable, subject to
applicable grace periods. This could trigger cross-defaults under any future debt instruments and materially and
29
adversely affect our financial condition and ability to continue operating our business as a going concern. As of
December 31, 2013, we were in compliance with the covenants under our senior revolving credit facility.
The departure, transition, or replacement of key personnel could significantly impact the results of our
operations. If we cannot continue to hire and retain high quality employees, our business and financial results
may be negatively affected.
Our future success significantly depends on the continued service and performance of our key management
personnel. Competition for these employees is intense. Our operating results could be adversely affected by
higher employee turnover or increased salary and benefit costs. Like most businesses, our employees are
important to our success and we are dependent in part on our ability to retain the services of our key
management, operational, finance, and administrative personnel. We have built our business on a set of core
values, and we attempt to hire employees who are committed to these values. We want to hire and retain
employees who will fit our culture of providing exceptional service to our customers. In order to compete and to
continue to grow, we must attract, retain, and motivate employees, including those in executive, senior
management, and operational positions. As our employees gain experience and develop their knowledge and
skills, they become highly desired by other businesses. Therefore, to retain our employees, we must provide a
satisfying work environment and competitive compensation and benefits. If our costs to retain our skilled
employees increase, then our business and financial results may be negatively affected.
Our continued growth is also dependent, in part, on the skills, experience, and efforts of our senior
management, including but not limited to, Thomas F. Fortin, our Chief Executive Officer, and C. Glynn
Quattlebaum, our President and Chief Operating Officer, who is 67 years old and is nearing the age of retirement.
We may not be successful in retaining the members of our senior management team or our other key employees.
While we have entered into employment agreements with Mr. Fortin and Mr. Quattlebaum, the loss of the
services of Mr. Fortin, Mr. Quattlebaum, or any member of our senior management or key team members,
including state vice presidents, or the inability to attract additional qualified personnel as needed, could have an
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We also depend on our district
supervisors to supervise, train, and motivate our branch employees. These supervisors have significant
experience with our company and would be difficult to replace. If we lose a district supervisor to a competitor,
we could also be at risk of losing other employees and customers. In addition, the process of identifying
management successors creates uncertainty and could become a distraction to our senior management and our
Board of Directors, and we may not be successful in attracting qualified candidates to replace key positions when
necessary. The identification and recruitment of candidates to fill senior management positions, when necessary,
and the resulting transition process may be disruptive to our business and operations.
We rely on information technology products developed, owned, and supported by third parties, including
our competitors. Our ability to manage our business and monitor results is highly dependent upon these
information technology products. A failure of these systems or of the implementation of new information
technology products could disrupt our business.
In the operation of our business, we are highly dependent upon a variety of information technology
products, including our loan management system, which allows us to record, document, and manage our loan
portfolio. We currently use a loan management software package developed and owned by ParaData Financial
Systems (“ParaData”), a wholly owned subsidiary of World Acceptance Corporation, one of our primary
competitors. In October 2013, we entered into a ten-year agreement with DHI Computing Service, Inc. d/b/a
GOLDPoint Systems (“GOLDPoint”) pursuant to which GOLDPoint will provide us with loan management
software and related data processing services. We expect that the full migration from the ParaData software to
the GOLDPoint platform will take approximately one year, following which we expect that we will no longer use
the ParaData software.
30
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Over the years, we have tailored the ParaData software to meet our specific needs. Prior to the conversion to
the GOLDPoint platform, we will continue to depend on the willingness and ability of ParaData to provide
customized solutions and support for our evolving products and business model. In the future, ParaData may not
be willing or able to modify the loan management software to meet our needs, or it could alter the program
without notice to us or cease to adequately support it. ParaData could also decide in the future to refuse to
provide support for its software to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If any of these events were to
occur, we would be forced to migrate to the GOLDPoint platform more quickly than originally contemplated,
which could materially affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our transition to the GOLDPoint platform will be a lengthy and expensive process that will result in a
diversion of resources from other operations. Continued execution of a transition project plan, or a divergence
from it, may result in cost overruns, project delays, or business interruptions. In addition, divergence from our
project plan could impact the timing and/or extent of benefits we expect to achieve from the GOLDPoint system
and process efficiencies. Any disruptions, delays, or deficiencies in the design and/or implementation of the
GOLDPoint system, or in the performance of our legacy ParaData software, particularly any disruptions, delays,
or deficiencies that impact our operations, could adversely affect our ability to effectively run and manage our
business. Further, following the transition, the GOLDPoint platform may not perform in a manner consistent with
our current expectations and may be inadequate for our needs. As we are dependent upon our ability to gather
and promptly transmit accurate information to key decision makers, our business, results of operations, and
financial condition may be adversely affected if our loan management systems do not allow us to transmit
accurate information, even for a short period of time. Failure to properly or adequately address these issues could
impact our ability to perform necessary business operations, which could adversely affect our competitive
position, business, results of operations, and financial condition.
We rely on DealerTrack, Route One, Teledata Communications Inc., and other third-party software vendors
to provide access to loan applications and/or screen applications. There can be no assurance that these third party
providers will continue to provide us information in accordance with our lending guidelines or that they will
continue to provide us lending leads at all. If this occurs, our credit losses, business, results of operations, and
financial condition may be adversely affected.
Security breaches in our branches or failures in our information systems could adversely affect our
financial condition and results of operations.
Nearly all of our account payments occur at our branches, either in person or by mail, and frequently consist
of cash payments, which we deposit at local banks throughout the day. This business practice exposes us daily to
the potential for employee theft of funds or, alternatively, to theft and burglary due to the cash we maintain in the
branch. Despite controls and procedures to prevent such losses, we have in the past sustained losses due to
employee fraud and theft. In addition, our employees “field call” delinquent accounts by visiting the home or
workplace of a delinquent borrower. Such visits may subject our employees to a variety of dangers, including
violence, vehicle accidents, and other perils. We are also susceptible to break-ins at our branches, where money
and/or customer records could be taken. A breach in the security of our branches or in the safety of our
employees could result in employee injury, loss of funds or records, and adverse publicity, and could result in a
loss of customer business or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have
a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Each branch is part of
an information network that is designed to permit us to maintain adequate cash inventory, reconcile cash
balances on a daily basis, and report revenues and expenses to our headquarters. Any failure, interruption, or
breach in security of these systems, including any failure of our back-up systems, hardware failures, or an
inability to access data maintained offsite, could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship
management, general ledger, loan, and other systems and could result in a loss of customer business, subject us to
additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could
31
have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, we may not be
able to detect immediately any such breach, which may increase the losses that we would suffer. In addition, our
existing insurance policies would not reimburse us for all of the damages that we might incur as a result of a
breach.
Security breaches, cyber-attacks, or fraudulent activity could result in damage to our operations or lead
to reputational damage.
A security breach or cyber-attack of our computer systems could interrupt or damage our operations or harm
our reputation. Despite the implementation of security measures, our systems may still be vulnerable to data
theft, computer viruses, programming errors, attacks by third parties, or similar disruptive problems. If we were
to experience a security breach or cyber-attack, we could be required to incur substantial costs and liabilities,
including, among other things, the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
expenses to rectify the consequences of the security breach or cyber-attack;
liability for stolen assets or information;
costs of repairing damage to our systems;
lost revenue and income resulting from any system downtime caused by such breach or attack;
increased costs of cyber security protection;
costs of incentives we may be required to offer to our customers or business partners to retain their
business; and
damage to our reputation causing customers and investors to lose confidence in our company.
In addition, any compromise of security or a cyber-attack could deter consumers from entering into
transactions that require them to provide confidential information to us. Further, if confidential customer
information or information belonging to our business partners is misappropriated from our computer systems, we
could be sued by those who assert that we did not take adequate precautions to safeguard our systems and
confidential data belonging to our customers or business partners, which could subject us to liability and result in
significant legal fees and expenses of defending these claims. As a result, any compromise of security of our
computer systems or cyber-attack could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of
operations, and financial condition.
Our centralized headquarters’ functions are susceptible to disruption by catastrophic events, which could
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our headquarters buildings are located in Greenville, South Carolina. Our information systems and
administrative and management processes are primarily provided to our branches from this centralized location,
and our separate data management facility is located in the same city. These processes could be disrupted if a
catastrophic event, such as a tornado, power outage, or act of terror, affected Greenville. Any such catastrophic
event or other unexpected disruption of our headquarters or data management facility could have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
32
Risks Related to Regulation
Our business products and activities are strictly and comprehensively regulated at the local, state, and
federal level. Changes in current laws and regulations or in the interpretation of such laws and regulations, or
our failure to comply with such laws and regulations, could have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations, and financial condition.
Our business is subject to numerous local, state and federal laws and regulations. These regulations impose
significant costs and limitations on the way we conduct and expand our business, and these costs and limitations
may increase in the future if such laws and regulations are changed. These laws and regulations govern or affect,
among other things:
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the interest rates that we may charge customers;
terms of loans, including fees, maximum amounts, and minimum durations;
the number of simultaneous or consecutive loans and required waiting periods between loans;
disclosure practices, including posting of fees;
currency and suspicious activity reporting;
recording and reporting of certain financial transactions;
privacy of personal customer information;
the types of products and services that we may offer;
collection practices;
approval of licenses; and
locations of our branches.
Changes to statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies, including the interpretation, implementation, and
enforcement of statutes, regulations, or policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways, including
limiting the types of financial services and products that we may offer and increasing the ability of competitors to
offer competing financial services and products. Compliance with these regulations is expensive and requires the
time and attention of management. These costs divert capital and focus away from efforts intended to grow our
business. Because these laws and regulations are complex and often subject to interpretation, or because of a
result of unintended errors, we may, from time to time, inadvertently violate these laws, regulations, and policies,
as each is interpreted by our regulators. If we do not successfully comply with laws, regulations, or policies, our
compliance costs could increase, our operations could be limited, and we may suffer damage to our reputation. If
more restrictive laws, rules, and regulations are enacted or more restrictive judicial and administrative
interpretations of those laws are issued, compliance with the laws could become more expensive or difficult.
Furthermore, changes in these laws and regulations could require changes in the way we conduct our business,
and we cannot predict the impact such changes would have on our profitability.
Our primary regulators are the state regulators for the states in which we operate: South Carolina, Texas,
North Carolina, Tennessee, Alabama, Oklahoma, New Mexico, and Georgia. We operate each of our branches
under licenses granted to us by these state regulators. State regulators may enter our branches and conduct audits
of our records and practices at any time, with or without notice. If we fail to observe, or are not able to comply
with, applicable legal requirements, we may be forced to discontinue certain product offerings, which could
adversely impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition. In addition, violation of these laws
and regulations could result in fines and other civil and/or criminal penalties, including the suspension or
revocation of our branch licenses, rendering us unable to operate in one or more locations. All the states in which
we operate have laws governing the interest rate and fees that we can charge and required disclosure statements,
among other restrictions. Violation of these laws could involve penalties requiring the forfeiture of principal
33
and/or interest and fees that we have charged. Depending on the nature and scope of a violation, fines and other
penalties for noncompliance of applicable requirements could be significant and could have a material adverse
effect on our business, results of operation, and financial condition.
Licenses to open new branches are granted in the discretion of state regulators. Accordingly, licenses may
be denied unexpectedly or for reasons outside our control. This could hinder our ability to implement our
business plans in a timely manner or at all.
As we enter new markets and develop new products, we may become subject to additional state and federal
regulations. For example, although we intend to expand into new states, we may encounter unexpected regulatory
or other difficulties in these new states or markets, which may prevent us from growing in new states or markets.
Similarly, while we intend to grow our retail purchase and indirect automobile purchase loan operations, we may
encounter unexpected regulatory or other difficulties. As a result, we may not be able to successfully execute our
strategies to grow our revenue and earnings.
Changes in laws and regulations or interpretations of laws and regulations could negatively impact our
business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Although many of the laws and regulations applicable to our business have remained substantially
unchanged for many years, the laws and regulations directly affecting our lending activities are under review and
are subject to change, especially as a result of current economic conditions, changes in the make-up of the current
executive and legislative branches, and the political focus on issues of consumer and borrower protection. In
addition, consumer advocacy groups and various other media sources continue to advocate for governmental and
regulatory action to prohibit or severely restrict various financial products, including the loan products we offer.
Any changes in such laws and regulations, or the implementation, interpretation, or enforcement of such
laws and regulations, could force us to modify, suspend, or cease part or, in the worst case, all of our existing
operations. It is also possible that the scope of federal regulations could change or expand in such a way as to
preempt what has traditionally been state law regulation of our business activities. The enactment of one or more
of such regulatory changes could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, and
prospects.
States may also seek to impose new requirements or interpret or enforce existing requirements in new ways.
Changes in current laws or regulations or the implementation of new laws or regulations in the future may restrict
our ability to continue our current methods of operation or expand our operations. Additionally, these laws and
regulations could subject us to liability for prior operating activities or lower or eliminate the profitability of
operations going forward by, among other things, reducing the amount of interest and fees we charge in
connection with our loans. If these or other factors lead us to close our branches in a state, in addition to the loss
of net revenues attributable to that closing, we would incur closing costs such as lease cancellation payments and
we would have to write off assets that we could no longer use. If we were to suspend rather than permanently
cease our operations in a state, we would also have continuing costs associated with maintaining our branches
and our employees in that state, with little or no revenues to offset those costs.
We maintain a relationship with our primary regulator in each of the states in which we operate, participate
in national and state industry associations, and actively monitor the regulatory environment, and we are currently
unaware of any specific proposal that would change the laws and regulations under which we operate in a
manner material to our business.
In addition to state and federal laws and regulations, our business is subject to various local rules and
regulations, such as local zoning regulations. Local zoning boards and other local governing bodies have been
increasingly restricting the permitted locations of consumer finance companies. Any future actions taken to
require special use permits for, or impose other restrictions on, our ability to provide products could adversely
34
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
affect our ability to expand our operations or force us to attempt to relocate existing branches. If we were forced
to relocate any of our branches, in addition to the costs associated with the relocation, we may be required to hire
new employees in the new areas, which may adversely impact the operations of those branches. Relocation of an
existing branch may also hinder our collection abilities, as our business model relies on the location of our
branches being close to where our customers live in order to successfully collect on outstanding loans.
Changes in laws or regulations may have a material adverse effect on all aspects of our business in a
particular state and on our overall business, results of operations, and financial condition.
The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes the newly created Consumer Financial Protection Bureau to adopt rules
that could potentially have a serious impact on our ability to offer short-term consumer loans and have a
material adverse effect on our operations and financial performance.
Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act establishes the CFPB, which became operational on July 21, 2011. Under the
Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB has regulatory, supervisory, and enforcement powers over providers of consumer
financial products that we offer, including explicit supervisory authority to examine and require registration of
installment lenders such as ourselves. Included in the powers afforded to the CFPB is the authority to adopt rules
describing specified acts and practices as being “unfair,” “deceptive,” or “abusive,” and hence unlawful.
Specifically, the CFPB has the authority to declare an act or practice abusive if it, among other things, materially
interferes with the ability of a consumer to understand a term or condition of a consumer financial product or
service or takes unreasonable advantage of a lack of understanding on the part of the consumer of the product or
service. Although the Dodd-Frank Act expressly provides that the CFPB has no authority to establish usury
limits, some consumer advocacy groups have suggested that certain forms of alternative consumer finance
products, such as installment loans, should be a regulatory priority, and it is possible that at some time in the
future, the CFPB could propose and adopt rules making such lending or other products that we may offer
materially less profitable or impractical. Further, the CFPB may target specific features of loans or loan practices,
such as refinancings, by rulemaking that could cause us to cease offering certain products or engaging in certain
practices. It is possible that the CFPB will adopt rules that specifically restrict refinancings of existing loans. Our
refinancings of existing loans are divided into three categories: refinancings of loans in an amount greater than
the original loan amount, renewals of existing loans at or below the original loan amount, and renewals of
existing loans that are 60 or more days past due, which represented 17.9%, 31.2%, and 0.6%, respectively, of our
loan originations in 2013. Any such rules could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operation, and financial condition. The CFPB could also adopt rules imposing new and potentially burdensome
requirements and limitations with respect to any of our current or future lines of business, which could have a
material adverse effect on our operations and financial performance. The Dodd-Frank Act also gives the CFPB
the authority to examine and regulate entities it classifies as a “larger participant of a market for other consumer
financial products or services.” The rule will likely cover only the largest installment lenders. We do not yet
know whether the definition of larger participant will cover us.
In addition to the Dodd-Frank Act’s grant of regulatory powers to the CFPB, the Dodd-Frank Act gives the
CFPB authority to pursue administrative proceedings or litigation for violations of federal consumer financial
laws. In these proceedings, the CFPB can obtain cease and desist orders (which can include orders for restitution
or rescission of contracts, as well as other kinds of affirmative relief) and monetary penalties ranging from a
maximum of $5,000 per day for minor violations of federal consumer financial laws (including the CFPB’s own
rules) to $25,000 per day for reckless violations and $1 million per day for knowing violations. If we are subject
to such administrative proceedings, litigation, orders, or monetary penalties in the future, this could have a
material adverse effect on our operations and financial performance. Also, where a company has violated Title X
of the Dodd-Frank Act or CFPB regulations under Title X, the Dodd-Frank Act empowers state attorneys general
and state regulators to bring civil actions for the kind of cease and desist orders available to the CFPB (but not
for civil penalties). If the CFPB or one or more state officials find that we have violated the foregoing laws, they
could exercise their enforcement powers in ways that would have a material adverse effect on us.
35
In January 2012, President Obama appointed Richard Cordray as director of the CFPB, and in July 2013, he
was confirmed by the United States Senate. On January 5, 2012, the CFPB launched a federal supervision
program for nonbanks that offer or provide consumer financial products or services. Under the CFPB’s nonbank
supervision program, the CFPB will conduct individual examinations and may also require reports from
businesses to determine what businesses require greater focus by the CFPB. The frequency and scope of any such
examinations will depend on the CFPB’s analysis of risks posed to consumers based on factors such as a
particular nonbank’s volume of business, types of products or services, and the extent of state oversight. In
conducting an investigation, the CFPB may issue a civil investigative demand (a “CID”) requiring a target
company to prepare and submit, among other items, documents, written reports, answers to interrogatories, and
deposition testimony. If the CFPB issues a CID to us or otherwise commences an investigation of our company,
the required response could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and
resources. In addition, the market price of our common stock could decline as a result of the initiation of a CFPB
investigation of our company or even the perception that such an investigation could occur, even in the absence
of any finding by the CFPB that we have violated any state or federal law.
Rising health care costs and continuing uncertainties concerning the effect of implementation of the
Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation
Act of 2010 and similar laws may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial performance.
Despite our efforts to control costs while still providing competitive health care benefits to our employees,
significant increases in health care costs continue to occur, and we can provide no assurance that our cost
containment efforts in this area will be effective. In March 2010, the federal Patient Protection and Affordable
Care Act (“PPACA”) and the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010 became
law. While we have performed an analysis regarding the anticipated impact of these laws on our cost structure,
we may be unable to accurately predict the impact of this federal health care legislation on our health care benefit
costs due to continued uncertainty with respect to implementation of such legislation. Significant increases in
costs due either to the PPACA or general health care cost increases are likely and could adversely impact our
operating results, as there is no assurance that we will be able to absorb, pass through, and/or offset the costs of
such legislation.
Our stock price or results of operations could be adversely affected by media and public perception of
installment loans and of legislative and regulatory developments affecting activities within the installment
lending sector.
Consumer advocacy groups and various media sources continue to criticize alternative financial services
providers (such as payday and title lenders, check advance companies, and pawnshops). These critics frequently
characterize such alternative financial services providers as predatory or abusive toward consumers. If these
persons were to criticize the products that we offer, it could result in further regulation of our business.
Furthermore, our industry is highly regulated, and announcements regarding new or expected governmental and
regulatory action in the alternative financial services sector may adversely impact our stock price and perceptions
of our business even if such actions are not targeted at our operations and do not directly impact us.
Risks Related to the Ownership of Our Common Stock
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they
downgrade their recommendations regarding our common stock, our stock price and trading volume could
decline.
The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or
securities analysts publish about us or our business. If any of the analysts who cover us downgrades our common
stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our common stock price may decline. If
analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial
markets, which in turn could cause our common stock price or trading volume to decline and our common stock
to be less liquid.
36
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
The market price of shares of our common stock may continue to be volatile, which could cause the value
of your investment to decline.
The market price of our common stock has been highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations.
Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as
well as general economic, market, or political conditions, could reduce the market price of shares of our common
stock in spite of our operating performance. In addition, our operating results could be below the expectations of
public market analysts and investors due to a number of potential factors, including variations in our quarterly
operating results, additions or departures of key management personnel, failure to meet analysts’ earnings
estimates, publication of research reports about our industry, litigation and government investigations, changes or
proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our
business, adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future,
changes in market valuations of similar companies or speculation in the press or investment community,
announcements by our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint
ventures, or capital commitments, adverse publicity about the industries we participate in, or individual scandals,
and in response the market price of shares of our common stock could decrease significantly.
In the past several years, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. In the past,
following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities
class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us,
could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.
We have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.
We intend to retain future earnings, if any, for future operation, expansion, and debt repayment and have no
current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. The declaration, amount, and payment of any
future dividends on shares of common stock will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors. Our Board of
Directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and results of
operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal,
tax, and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our
subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to
pay dividends may be limited by covenants of any existing and future outstanding indebtedness we or our
subsidiaries incur, including our senior revolving credit facility. As a result, investors may need to rely on sales
of their common stock after price appreciation, which may not occur, as the only way to realize future gains on
their investment.
You may be diluted by the future issuance of additional common stock in connection with our incentive
plans, acquisitions, or otherwise.
We have approximately 987.3 million shares of common stock authorized but unissued. Our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue these shares of common stock and options, rights,
warrants, and appreciation rights relating to common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions
established by our Board of Directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise.
We have reserved 950,000 shares for issuance under the Regional Management Corp. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan
(the “2011 Stock Plan”), and we have 498,128 shares available for issuance under the 2011 Stock Plan, as of
March 7, 2014. Any common stock that we issue, including under our 2011 Stock Plan or other equity incentive
plans that we may adopt in the future, would dilute the percentage ownership held by our stockholders. In
addition, the market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of
common stock in the market or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that
these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to issue equity securities in the future at a time
and at a price that we deem appropriate.
37
We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements
applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS
Act”). For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions
from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth
companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements
of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive
compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements (including the omission of a compensation discussion
and analysis), and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive
compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result
of these exemptions, our stockholders may not have access to certain information that they may deem important.
We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to
lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700
million as of any June 30th before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company
as of the following December 31st. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive
because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result,
there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
As of September 25, 2013, following the closing of a secondary offering of our common stock by
Palladium Equity Partners III, L.P. and Parallel 2005 Equity Fund, LP, both existing stockholders of the
Company, we are no longer a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange
rules, and we therefore will no longer be able to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance
requirements.
Pursuant to a shareholders agreement, prior to the closing of the secondary offering, certain of our stockholders
controlled a majority of the combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock, and we were therefore a
“controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards. Under
these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, a group, or another
company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements of
the New York Stock Exchange, including (1) the requirement that a majority of the company’s board of directors
consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that the company have a nominating/corporate governance
committee that is composed entirely of independent directors, and (3) the requirement that the company have a
compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.
Due to the secondary offering, we are no longer a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New
York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards, and therefore, we will be required to comply with certain
corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, including those described above, within
certain timeframes prescribed by the New York Stock Exchange. On or before September 25, 2014, all members
of our compensation committee and corporate governance and nominating committee must be independent, and a
majority of our Board of Directors must be independent. Until the expiration of the prescribed New York Stock
Exchange deadlines, we will continue to rely on the “controlled company” exemptions available to us. As a
result, at this time, we do not have a majority of independent directors and our compensation committee and
corporate governance and nominating committee do not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly,
you do not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the
corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. In addition, if we are unable to comply
with the heightened corporate governance requirements prior to the prescribed New York Stock Exchange
deadlines, we may incur penalties or our shares could be delisted.
38
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains a provision renouncing our interest and
expectancy in certain corporate opportunities identified by our affiliates.
Certain of our stockholders, directors, and their affiliates are in the business of providing buyout capital and
growth capital to developing companies and may acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly
compete with certain portions of our business. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for
the allocation of certain corporate opportunities between us, on the one hand, and certain of our stockholders, on
the other hand. As set forth in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, neither such stockholders,
nor any director, officer, stockholder, member, manager, or employee of such stockholders, will have any duty to
refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines
of business in which we operate. Therefore, a director or officer of our company who also serves as a director,
officer, member, manager, or employee of such stockholders may pursue certain acquisition opportunities that
may be complementary to our business and, as a result, such acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.
These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition,
results of operations, or prospects if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by such stockholders to
themselves or their other affiliates instead of to us.
The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management.
As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-
Oxley Act”). These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires
that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The
Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls
over financial reporting. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and
internal controls over financial reporting, we will need to commit significant resources, hire additional staff, and
provide additional management oversight. We will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the
purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. In addition, sustaining our
growth also will require us to commit additional management, operational, and financial resources to identify
new professionals to join our firm and to maintain appropriate operational and financial systems to adequately
support expansion. These activities may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We expect to incur significant additional annual expenses related to these steps and, among other things,
additional directors and officers liability insurance, director fees, reporting requirements, transfer agent fees,
hiring additional accounting, legal, and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees, and similar
expenses.
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and applicable state law might discourage or delay
acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions
that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult without the approval of our Board of Directors.
Among other things, these provisions:
•
•
•
authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the
shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting,
special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of
common stock;
prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which will require all stockholder actions to be taken at
a meeting of our stockholders;
provide that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws and that
our stockholders may only amend our bylaws with the approval of 80% or more of all of the
outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote; and
39
•
establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our Board of Directors or for
proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.
In addition, a Texas regulation requires the approval of the Texas Consumer Credit Commissioner for the
acquisition, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting or common stock of a consumer finance
company. The overall effect of this law, and similar laws in other states, is to make it more difficult to acquire a
consumer finance company than it might be to acquire control of a nonregulated corporation.
Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, which may impair a
takeover attempt that our stockholders may find beneficial. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions
under Delaware law could discourage, delay, or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our
company, including actions that our stockholders may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price
of our common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you
and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you
desire.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
Our home office buildings are located in Greenville, South Carolina. Of the approximately 14,500 total
square feet comprising our home office buildings, we own approximately 8,500 square feet and we lease
approximately 6,000 square feet. Our $1,500,000 line of credit is secured by a mortgage on the portion of this
property that we own. Each of our 272 branches, as of March 7, 2014, is leased under fixed term lease
agreements. As of March 7, 2014, our branches are located throughout South Carolina, Texas, North Carolina,
Tennessee, Alabama, Oklahoma, New Mexico, and Georgia, and the average branch size is 1,488 square feet.
In the opinion of management, our properties have been well-maintained, are in sound operating condition,
and contain all equipment and facilities necessary to operate at present levels. We believe all of our facilities are
suitable and adequate for our present purposes. Our only reportable segment, which is our consumer finance
segment, uses the properties described in this Item 2, “Properties.”
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
We are involved in various legal proceedings and related actions that have arisen in the ordinary course of
our business that have not been fully adjudicated. Our management does not believe that these matters, when
ultimately concluded and determined, will have a material effect on our financial condition, liquidity, or results
of operations.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.
Not applicable.
40
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
Market Information
Our common stock has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “RM”
since March 28, 2012. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. The following table
sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low intra-day sale prices of our common stock on the NYSE. The
last reported sale price of our common stock on the NYSE on March 7, 2014, was $30.38 per share.
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013
First Quarter
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012
First Quarter (from March 28, 2012)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High
Low
$20.88
25.99
32.74
34.83
$17.72
17.94
18.15
18.27
$15.54
19.23
24.58
29.38
$16.18
12.84
14.80
14.70
Holders
As of March 14, 2014, there were seven registered holders of our common stock. As of February 28, 2014,
there were approximately 4,344 beneficial holders of our common stock.
Dividend Policy
We did not pay any dividends in fiscal 2013 or fiscal 2012. We have no current plans to pay any dividends
on our common stock for the foreseeable future and instead currently intend to retain earnings, if any, for future
operations and expansion and debt repayment.
The declaration, amount, and payment of any future dividends on shares of common stock will be at the sole
discretion of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors may take into account general and economic
conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash
needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax, and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of
dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our Board of Directors
may deem relevant. In addition, our amended and restated senior revolving credit facility includes a restricted
payment covenant, which restricts our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.
41
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table gives information about the common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of
options, warrants, and rights under all of our existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2013.
(a)
Number of Securities to
Be Issued Upon
Exercise of Outstanding
Options,
Warrants, and Rights
(b)
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants,
and Rights
($)
(c)
Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected in
Column (a))
461,407(1)
5.4623
404,531(2)
—
865,938
16.67
—
10.70
447,790(1)
498,128(2)
—
945,918
Plan Category
Equity Compensation . . . . . . . .
Plans Approved by Security
Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equity Compensation . . . . . . . .
Plans Not Approved by
Security Holders . . . . . . .
Total: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(1)
(2)
Regional Management Corp. 2007 Management Incentive Plan, as amended. We no longer intend to grant
awards under the Regional Management Corp. 2007 Management Incentive Plan.
Regional Management Corp. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended. At March 7, 2014, 498,128 shares
remain available for issuance under the Regional Management Corp. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, which
allows for grants of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights,
unrestricted shares, restricted shares, restricted stock units, and awards that are valued in whole or in part
by reference to, or otherwise based on the fair market value of shares, including performance-based
awards.
42
Stock Performance Graph
This performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC for
purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or otherwise
subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any
filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
The following graph shows a comparison from March 28, 2012 (the date our common stock commenced
trading on the NYSE) through December 31, 2013, of the cumulative total return for our common stock, the
NYSE Composite Index, and the NYSE Financial Sector Index. The graph assumes that $100 was invested at the
market close on March 28, 2012, in the common stock of the Company, the NYSE Composite Index, and the
NYSE Financial Sector Index, and data for the NYSE Composite Index and the NYSE Financial Sector Index
assumes reinvestments of dividends. The stock price performance of the following graph is not necessarily
indicative of future stock price performance.
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
43
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
The selected consolidated historical financial data set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2010, 2011, 2012, and 2013 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements. We derived the selected
historical consolidated statement of income data for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013
and the selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our audited
consolidated financial statements, which appear in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We have derived the selected historical consolidated statement of income data
for each of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 and the selected historical consolidated balance sheet
data as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 from our audited financial statements, which do not appear
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated
financial statements, the related notes, and Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The historical
results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.
Year Ended December 31,
2013
2012(1)
2011(1)
2010(1)
2009
(in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated Statements of Income Data:
Revenue
Interest and fee income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Insurance income, net, and other income . . . . . .
152,343 $
18,286
119,025 $
16,672
91,513 $
13,824
74,218 $
12,297
Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
170,629
135,697
105,337
86,515
Expenses
Provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . .
Consulting and advisory fees(2)
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense
Senior and other debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mezzanine debt(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39,192
71,039
—
14,144
—
14,144
Total expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
124,375
Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46,254
17,460
27,765
55,558
1,451
10,580
1,030
11,610
96,384
39,313
14,561
17,854
40,835
975
8,306
4,037
12,343
72,007
33,330
12,290
16,568
33,881
1,233
5,720
4,342
10,062
61,744
24,771
8,873
63,590
9,224
72,814
19,405
29,052
1,263
4,914
3,835
8,749
58,469
14,345
4,472
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
28,794 $
24,752 $
21,040 $
15,898 $
9,873
Earnings per Share Data:
Basic earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Diluted earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Weighted average shares used in computing basic
2.29 $
2.23 $
2.12 $
2.07 $
2.25 $
2.19 $
1.70 $
1.64 $
1.06
1.03
earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12,572,298
11,694,924
9,336,727
9,336,727
9,336,727
Weighted average shares used in computing diluted
earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Finance receivables(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Allowance for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net finance receivables(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temporary equity(5)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12,893,693
11,980,748
9,620,967
9,669,618
9,590,564
439,474 $ 307,373 $ 247,728 $ 215,667
(18,441)
(23,616)
(19,300)
(18,000)
415,858 $ 288,073 $ 229,728 $ 197,226
214,447
434,517
187,807
305,313
12,000
—
14,640
129,204
241,048
198,150
12,000
30,898
303,988
239,859
12,000
52,129
544,684 $
(30,089)
514,595 $
533,888
372,715
—
161,173
44
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
(1) The selected financial data has been revised from the amounts previously reported to correct immaterial
errors. The effect of the revision is detailed in Note 2 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements
included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(2) On March 21, 2007, Palladium Equity Partners III, L.P. and Parallel 2005 Equity Fund, LP (which we
sometimes refer to herein as our “sponsors”) acquired the majority of our outstanding common stock. In
connection with the acquisition transaction, we issued $25.0 million of mezzanine debt at an interest rate of
18.375%, plus related fees, which we refinanced in 2007 and again in 2010 with Palladium Equity Partners
III, L.P. and certain of our individual owners. Additionally, we paid the sponsors annual advisory fees of
$675,000, in the aggregate and paid certain individual owners annual consulting fees of $450,000 in the
aggregate, in each case, plus certain expenses. Following the closing of our initial public offering on April 2,
2012, we repaid the mezzanine debt in full with proceeds from the initial public offering and we terminated
the consulting and advisory agreements following the payment of certain termination fees.
(3) Finance receivables equal the total amount due from the customer, net of unearned finance charges and
insurance premiums and commissions.
(4) Net finance receivables equal the total amount due from the customer, net of unearned finance charges,
insurance premiums and commissions, and allowance for credit losses.
(5) That certain Shareholders Agreement, among us and certain of our stockholders, dated March 21, 2007, as
amended on March 12, 2012, provided that the individual owners had the right to put their stock back to us
if an initial public offering did not occur by May 21, 2012. We valued the put option at the original purchase
price of $12.0 million. The put option terminated upon the consummation of our initial public offering.
45
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial
statements and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These discussions
contain forward-looking statements reflecting our current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties.
These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning our strategy, future
operations, future financial position, future revenues, projected costs, expectations regarding demand and
acceptance for our financial products, growth opportunities and trends in the market in which we operate,
prospects, and plans and objectives of management. The words “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,”
“expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “projects,” “will,” “would,” and similar expressions are intended to
identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words.
We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions, or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements,
and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ
materially from the plans, intentions, and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements that we make.
These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ
materially from those in the forward-looking statements, including without limitation, the risks set forth
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The forward-looking information we have provided in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to the safe harbor established under the Private Securities Litigation
Reform Act of 1995 should be evaluated in the context of these factors. Forward-looking statements speak only
as of the date they were made, and we undertake no obligation to update or revise such statements, except as
required by the federal securities laws.
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to,
our audited consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto.
Overview
We are a diversified specialty consumer finance company providing a broad array of loan products
primarily to customers with limited access to consumer credit from banks, thrifts, credit card companies, and
other traditional lenders. We began operations in 1987 with four branches in South Carolina and have expanded
our branch network to 264 locations in the states of South Carolina, Texas, North Carolina, Tennessee, Alabama,
Oklahoma, New Mexico, and Georgia as of December 31, 2013. Most of our loan products are secured, and each
is structured on a fixed rate, fixed term basis with fully amortizing equal monthly installment payments,
repayable at any time without penalty. Our loans are sourced through our multiple channel platform, including in
our branches, through direct mail campaigns, independent and franchise automobile dealerships, online credit
application networks, retailers, and our consumer website. We operate an integrated branch model in which
nearly all loans, regardless of origination channel, are serviced through our branch network, providing us with
frequent in-person contact with our customers, which we believe improves our credit performance and customer
loyalty. Our goal is to consistently and soundly grow our finance receivables and manage our portfolio risk while
providing our customers with attractive and easy-to-understand loan products that serve their varied financial
needs.
Our diversified product offerings include:
•
•
Small Installment Loans – As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 271,900 small installment
loans outstanding, representing $289.0 million in finance receivables.
Large Installment Loans – As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 12,300 large installment
loans outstanding, representing $43.3 million in finance receivables.
• Automobile Purchase Loans – As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 19,300 automobile
purchase loans outstanding, representing $181.1 million in finance receivables.
46
• Retail Purchase Loans – As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 31,200 retail purchase loans
outstanding, representing $31.3 million in finance receivables.
•
Insurance Products – We offer our customers optional payment protection insurance options relating to
many of our loan products.
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Our primary sources of revenue are interest and fee income from our loan products, of which interest and
fees relating to installment loans and automobile purchase loans have historically been the largest component. In
2009, we introduced retail purchase loans and expanded our automobile purchase loans to offer loans through
online credit application networks. In addition to interest and fee income from loans, we derive revenue from
insurance products sold to customers of our direct loan products.
Revision to Financial Statements. During 2013, the Company completed the implementation of internal
controls over financial reporting as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In connection with that work
and as reported in November 2013, the Company discovered that its accounting for state franchise taxes was
incorrect. Further, as the Company completed the close of its year-end accounting, it identified other errors
related to interest income, insurance premiums, compensated absences, and income taxes. Collectively, the errors
result in an overstatement of net income for the years ended December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2012.
The Company considered both the quantitative and qualitative factors within the provisions of the Securities and
Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 99, Materiality, and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108,
Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial
Statements. Based on this evaluation, the Company concluded that the errors were immaterial to the previously
issued financial statements and those financial statements can continue to be relied upon. Therefore, the
Company has made immaterial corrections to its previously filed financial statements included in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K filing to reflect the corrections in the proper period. Future filings that include prior
periods will be revised, as needed, when filed.
Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations
Our business is driven by several factors affecting our revenues, costs, and results of operations, including
the following:
Growth in Loan Portfolio. The revenue that we derive from interest and fees from our loan products is
largely driven by the amount of loans that we originate. We originated or purchased approximately 172,900,
120,900, and 67,300 new loan accounts during 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Average finance receivables
grew 22.1% from $216.5 million in 2010 to $264.5 million in 2011, grew 36.5% to $361.1 million in 2012, and
grew 32.2% to $477.4 million in 2013. We source our loans through our branches and our direct mail program, as
well as through automobile dealerships and retailers that partner with us. Our loans are made almost exclusively
in geographic markets served by our network of branches. Increasing the number of branches we operate allows
us to increase the number of loans that we are able to service. We opened or acquired 43, 51, and 36 new
branches in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. We believe we have the opportunity to add as many as 800
additional branches over time in the states where it is currently favorable for us to conduct business, and we have
plans to continue to grow our branch network.
Product Mix. We offer a number of different loan products, including small installment loans, large
installment loans, automobile purchase loans, and retail purchase loans. We charge different interest rates and
fees and are exposed to different credit risks with respect to the various types of loans we offer. For example, in
recent years, we have sought to increase our product diversification by growing our automobile purchase and
retail purchase loans, which have lower interest rates and fees than our small installment loans but have
historically had lower charge-off rates. Our product mix also varies to some extent by state, and we expect to
continue to diversify our product mix in the future.
47
Asset Quality. Our results of operations are highly dependent upon the quality of our asset portfolio. We
recorded a $39.2 million provision for credit losses during 2013 (or 8.2% as a percentage of average finance
receivables), a $27.8 million provision for credit losses during 2012 (or 7.7% as a percentage of average finance
receivables), and a $17.9 million provision for credit losses during 2011 (or 6.8% as a percentage of average finance
receivables). The quality of our asset portfolio is the result of our ability to enforce sound underwriting standards,
maintain diligent portfolio oversight, and respond to changing economic conditions as we grow our loan portfolio.
Allowance for Credit Losses. We evaluate losses in each of our four categories of loans in
establishing the allowance for credit losses. The following table sets forth our allowance for credit losses
compared to the related finance receivables as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:
As of December 31, 2013
As of December 31, 2012
Finance
Receivables
Allowance
for Credit
Losses
Allowance as
Percentage
of Related
Finance
Receivables
Finance
Receivables
Allowance
for Credit
Losses
Allowance as
Percentage
of Related
Finance
Receivables
Small installment loans . . . . . . . . . . .
Large installment loans . . . . . . . . . . .
Automobile purchase loans . . . . . . . .
Retail purchase loans . . . . . . . . . . . .
$288,979
43,311
181,126
31,268
$15,370
2,233
10,827
1,659
(Dollars in thousands)
5.3%
5.2%
6.0%
5.3%
$188,562
52,001
168,604
30,307
$11,369
2,753
8,424
1,070
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$544,684
$30,089
5.5%
$439,474
$23,616
6.0%
5.3%
5.0%
3.5%
5.4%
The allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2013 uses the net charge-off rate for the most
recent six months (small installment loans), ten months (large installment loans), twelve months (automobile
purchase loans), and eleven months (retail purchase loans) as a percentage of the most recent month-end balance
of loans as a key data point in estimating the allowance. We believe that the primary underlying factor driving
the provision for credit losses for each of these loan types is the same: general economic conditions in the areas
in which we conduct business. In addition, gasoline prices and the market for repossessed automobiles at auction
are additional underlying factors that we believe influence the provision for credit losses for automobile purchase
loans and, to a lesser extent, large installment loans. We monitor these factors, the monthly trend of
delinquencies, and the slow file (which consists of all loans one or more days past due) to identify trends that
might require an increased allowance, and we modify the allowance for credit losses accordingly.
Interest Rates. Our costs of funds are affected by changes in interest rates, and the interest rate that we pay
on our senior revolving credit facility is a floating rate. Although we have purchased interest rate caps to protect
a notional amount of $150.0 million of our outstanding senior revolving credit facility should the three-month
LIBOR exceed 6.0%, our cost of funding will increase if LIBOR increases. The interest rate caps matured unused
on March 4, 2014. The Company is evaluating interest rate management options and intends to enter into a new
transaction in 2014.
Efficiency Ratio. One of our key operating metrics is our efficiency ratio, which is calculated by dividing
the sum of general and administrative expenses by total revenue. Our efficiency ratio was 41.6% in 2013,
compared to 40.9% in 2012. The increase in the ratio in 2013 is primarily due to secondary offering and board
compensation expenses.
In September and December of 2013, the Company incurred $0.75 million in expenses related to the
secondary offerings of 6,348,074 shares of our common stock, at prices of $27.50 and $31.00 per share, by
(i) Palladium Equity Partners III, L.P., an existing stockholder of Regional Management and an affiliate of
Palladium Equity Partners; (ii) Parallel 2005 Equity Fund, LP, an existing stockholder of Regional Management
and an affiliate of Parallel Investment Partners; (iii) entities affiliated with Richard A. Godley, a director, existing
stockholder, and founder of Regional Management; and (iv) C. Glynn Quattlebaum, President and Chief
48
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Operating Officer of Regional Management and an existing stockholder and founder of Regional Management
(which we sometimes refer to herein as the “secondary offering”). We did not receive any proceeds from the
secondary offerings.
In October 2013, the Board revised its standard compensation arrangement for its non-employee directors,
and it awarded the Company’s directors stock with a cash election for tax obligations for annual service
commencing in 2013. The award was fully vested at the time of the grant, and the Company incurred $1.2
million of incremental director compensation expense in 2013.
Excluding the one-time expenses related to the secondary offerings and director compensation, our
efficiency ratio for 2013 would have been 40.5%.
Components of Results of Operations
Interest and Fee Income. Our interest and fee income consists primarily of interest earned on outstanding
loans. We cease accruing interest on a loan when the customer is contractually past due 90 days. Interest accrual
resumes when the customer makes at least one full payment and the account is less than 90 days contractually
past due.
Loan fees are additional charges to the customer, such as loan origination fees, acquisition fees, and
maintenance fees, as permitted by state law. The fees may or may not be refundable to the customer in the event
of an early payoff, depending on state law. Fees are accreted to income over the life of the loan on the constant
yield method and are included in the truth in lending disclosure we make to our customers.
Insurance Income. Our insurance income consists of revenue from the sale of various optional credit
insurance products and other payment protection options offered to customers who obtain loans directly from us.
We do not sell insurance to non-borrowers. The type and terms of our optional credit insurance products vary
from state to state based on applicable laws and regulations. We offer optional credit life insurance, credit
accident and health insurance, and involuntary unemployment insurance. We require property insurance on any
personal property securing loans and offer customers the option of providing proof of such insurance purchased
from a third party in lieu of purchasing property insurance from us. We also require proof of liability and
collision insurance for any vehicles securing loans, and we obtain automobile insurance on behalf of customers
who permit their other insurance coverage to lapse.
We issue insurance certificates as agents on behalf of an unaffiliated insurance company and then remit to
the unaffiliated insurance company the premiums we collect (net of refunds on prepaid loans). The unaffiliated
insurance company cedes life insurance premiums to our wholly-owned insurance subsidiary, RMC Reinsurance,
Ltd. (“RMC Reinsurance”), as written and non-life premiums as earned. As of December 31, 2013, we had
pledged a $1.9 million letter of credit to the unaffiliated insurance company to secure payment of life insurance
claims. We maintain a cash reserve for life insurance claims in an amount determined by the unaffiliated
insurance company. The unaffiliated insurance company maintains the reserves for non-life claims.
Other Income. Our other income consists primarily of late charges assessed on customers who fail to make
a payment within a specified number of days following the due date of the payment, fees for extending the due
date of a loan, and returned check charges. Due date extensions are only available to a customer once every
thirteen months, are available only to customers who are current on their loans, and must be approved by
personnel at our headquarters.
Provision for Credit Losses. Provisions for credit losses are charged to income in amounts that we judge as
sufficient to maintain an allowance for credit losses at an adequate level to provide for losses on the related
finance receivables portfolio. Credit loss experience, contractual delinquency of finance receivables, the value of
underlying collateral, and management’s judgment are factors used in assessing the overall adequacy of the
49
allowance and the resulting provision for credit losses. Our provision for credit losses fluctuates so that we
maintain an adequate credit loss allowance that accurately reflects our estimates of losses in our loan portfolio.
Therefore, changes in our charge-off rates may result in changes to our provision for credit losses. While
management uses the best information available to make its evaluation, future adjustments to the allowance may
be necessary if there are significant changes in economic conditions or portfolio performance.
General and Administrative Expenses. Our general and administrative expenses are comprised of four
categories: personnel, occupancy, marketing, and other. We typically measure our general and administrative
expenses as a percentage of total revenue, which we refer to as our “efficiency ratio.”
Our personnel expenses are the largest component of our general and administrative expenses and consist
primarily of the salaries, bonuses, and benefits associated with all of our branch, field, and headquarters
employees, and related payroll taxes.
Our occupancy expenses consist primarily of the cost of renting our branches, all of which are leased, as
well as the utility and other non-personnel costs associated with operating our branches.
Our marketing expenses consist primarily of costs associated with our direct mail campaigns (including
postage and costs associated with selecting recipients) and maintaining our web site, as well as telephone
directory advertisements and some local marketing by branches. These costs are expensed as incurred.
Other expenses consist primarily of various other expenses, including legal, audit, office supplies, credit
bureau charges, and postage.
Our general and administrative expenses have increased as a result of the additional legal, accounting,
insurance, and other expenses associated with being a public company. For a discussion regarding how risks and
uncertainties associated with the current regulatory environment may impact our future expenses, net income,
and overall financial condition, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors.”
Consulting and Advisory Fees. Consulting and advisory fees consisted of amounts payable to Palladium
Equity Partners III, L.P. and Parallel 2005 Equity Fund, LP (which we sometimes refer to herein as our
“sponsors”) and certain former major stockholders, who were members of our management before our
acquisition by the sponsors, pursuant to certain agreements that were terminated in connection with our initial
public offering that closed in April 2012.
Interest Expense. Our interest expense consists primarily of interest payable and amortization of debt
issuance costs in respect of borrowings under our senior revolving credit facility and our mezzanine debt, which
was repaid with the proceeds of our initial public offering. Interest expense also includes costs attributable to the
interest rate caps we entered into to manage our interest rate risk and unused line fees. Changes in the fair value
of the interest rate cap are reflected in interest expense for the senior revolving credit facility and other debt.
Income Taxes. Income taxes consist primarily of state and federal income taxes. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax
assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in
which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effects of future tax rate changes
are recognized in the period when the enactment of new rates occurs.
50
Results of Operations
The following tables summarize key components of our results of operations for the periods indicated, both
in dollars and as a percentage of total revenue:
Year Ended December 31,
2013
2012
2011
Amount
% of
Revenue
Amount
% of
Revenue
Amount
% of
Revenue
Revenue
Interest and fee income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insurance income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$152,343
11,470
6,816
89.3% $119,025
6.7% 10,681
5,991
4.0%
87.7% $ 91,513
9,155
7.9%
4,669
4.4%
86.9%
8.7%
4.4%
Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
170,629
100.0% 135,697
100.0% 105,337
100.0%
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Expenses
Provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative expenses . . . .
Personnel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consulting and advisory fees . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior revolving credit facility and
other debt
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mezzanine debt-related parties . . . . .
Total interest expense . . . . . . . .
39,192
23.0% 27,765
20.5% 17,854
16.9%
39,868
11,640
3,980
15,551
—
14,144
—
14,144
23.4% 33,492
8,655
6.8%
2.3%
2,767
9.1% 10,644
1,451
0.0%
24.7% 25,679
6,527
6.4%
2,056
2.0%
6,573
7.8%
975
1.1%
8.3% 10,580
1,030
0.0%
7.8%
0.8%
8,306
4,037
8.3% 11,610
8.6% 12,343
24.4%
6.2%
2.0%
6.2%
0.9%
7.9%
3.8%
11.7%
68.4%
31.6%
11.7%
20.0%
Total expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
124,375
72.9% 96,384
71.0% 72,007
Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46,254
17,460
27.1% 39,313
10.2% 14,561
29.0% 33,330
10.7% 12,290
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 28,794
16.9% $ 24,752
18.2% $ 21,040
51
Regional Management Corp.
Selected Financial Data
Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012
(Unaudited)
(in thousands)
Small installment loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Large installment loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automobile purchase loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retail purchase loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total increase in interest and fee income . . . . .
Small installment loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Large installment loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automobile purchase loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retail purchase loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total increase in interest and fee income . . . . .
Components of Increase in Interest and Fee Income
Year Ended December 31, 2013
Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012
Increase (Decrease)
Volume
$37,943
(2,305)
5,712
1,896
$43,246
Rate
Net
$(5,875)
(1,431)
(2,164)
(458)
$(9,928)
$32,068
(3,736)
3,548
1,438
$33,318
Components of Increase in Interest and Fee Income
Year Ended December 31, 2012
Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011
Increase (Decrease)
Volume
$12,513
6,248
7,713
3,010
$29,484
Rate
Net
$(1,667)
913
(1,286)
68
$(1,972)
$10,846
7,161
6,427
3,078
$27,512
Loans Originated(1)
Years Ended December 31,
2013
2012
Small installment loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Large installment loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automobile purchase loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retail purchase loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$683,603
62,499
125,958
34,311
$438,153
77,416
133,601
36,611
Total finance receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$906,371
$685,781
(1) Represents gross balance of loan originations, including unearned finance charges
Years Ended December 31,
2013
2012
Percentage of
Average
Finance
Receivables
Amount
Percentage of
Average
Finance
Receivables
Amount
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average
finance receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$32,719
6.9%
$23,449
6.5%
Provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative expenses . . . . . . . .
Amount
$39,192
$71,039
Percentage of
Total Revenue
23.0%
41.6%
Amount
$27,765
$55,558
Percentage of
Total Revenue
20.5%
40.9%
52
Finance Receivables
As of December 31,
2012
2013
Small installment loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Large installment loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automobile purchase loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retail purchase loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$288,979
43,311
181,126
31,268
$188,562
52,001
168,604
30,307
Total finance receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$544,684
$439,474
Number of branches at period end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average finance receivables per branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
264
2,063
$
221
1,989
$
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Allowance for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
Over 30 days contractually delinquent
. . . . . . .
Over 90 days contractually delinquent
. . . . . .
Over 180 days contractually delinquent
As of December 31,
2013
Percentage of
Total Finance
Receivables
5.5%
8.0%
3.2%
0.4%
2012
Percentage of
Total Finance
Receivables
5.4%
6.7%
2.5%
0.5%
Amount
$23,616
$29,535
$11,099
$ 1,996
Amount
$30,089
$43,810
$17,455
$ 2,096
Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2013, Versus the Year Ended December 31, 2012
The following is a discussion of the changes by product type:
•
•
Small Installment Loans – Small installment loans (loans with an original principal balance of $2,500
or less) outstanding increased by $100.4 million, or 53.3%, to $289.0 million at December 31, 2013,
from $188.6 million at December 31, 2012. Our direct mail campaigns drove significant loan growth in
existing and new branches. In addition, the growth in receivables at the branches opened in 2013
contributed to the growth in overall small installment loans outstanding.
Large Installment Loans – Large installment loans outstanding decreased by $8.7 million, or 16.7%, to
$43.3 million at December 31, 2013, from $52.0 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease was
primarily due to the application of the Company’s underwriting standards on large loans purchased in
the prior year resulting in smaller renewals and originations than those loans originally purchased. In
addition, we increased our internal small installment loan limit from $2,000 to $2,500 in some states in
order to achieve consistency with our enterprise-wide limit, which caused a shift of some loans in those
states from the large installment loan category to the small installment loan category.
• Automobile Purchase Loans – Automobile purchase loans outstanding increased by $12.5 million, or
7.4%, to $181.1 million at December 31, 2013, from $168.6 million at December 31, 2012. The
increase in automobile purchase loans outstanding was principally due to our increased emphasis on
such loans, including our initiatives relating to indirect lending through our AutoCredit Source
branches. The addition in recent years of indirect lending at a lower interest rate has slightly lowered
the overall yield of our automobile purchase loan category.
• Retail Purchase Loans – Retail purchase loans outstanding increased $1.0 million, or 3.2%, to $31.3
million at December 31, 2013, from $30.3 million at December 31, 2012. The increase in retail
purchase loans outstanding resulted from the additional relationships we established with new retailers,
as well as an expansion of volume through our existing relationships.
Net Income and Revenue. GAAP net income increased $4.0 million, or 16.3%, to $28.8 million in 2013,
from $24.8 million in 2012. Excluding one-time expenses related to the secondary offerings and board
compensation in 2013 and one-time expenses related to the Company’s initial public offering in 2012, non-
GAAP net income for 2013 was $30.3 million, versus pro forma net income of $26.4 million for the prior year.
53
Total revenues increased $34.9 million during 2013, a 25.7% increase over 2012. The increase in 2013 revenues
and net income is attributable to strong loan growth in existing branches, combined with the opening or
acquisition of 43 additional branches in 2013.
Interest and Fee Income. Interest and fee income increased $33.3 million, or 28.0%, to $152.3 million in
2013, from $119.0 million in 2012. The increase in interest and fee income was due primarily to a 32.2%
increase in average finance receivables during the year, offset by a decrease in the average yield on loans from
33.0% to 31.9%. The following table sets forth the average finance receivables balance and average yield for
each of our loan product categories for 2013 compared to 2012 (dollars in thousands):
Small installment loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Large installment loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automobile purchase loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retail purchase loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2013
2012
Average
Finance
Receivables
$222,702
45,374
178,247
31,031
Average
Yield
Average
Finance
Receivables
44.0% $137,376
52,372
27.6%
150,610
20.3%
20,749
18.1%
Total finance receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$477,354
31.9% $361,107
Average
Yield
48.0%
31.1%
21.7%
20.1%
33.0%
Insurance Income. Insurance income increased $789,000, or 7.4%, to $11.5 million in 2013 from $10.7
million in 2012. The increase in insurance income was due primarily to a 32.2% increase in average finance
receivables. However, insurance income as a percentage of average finance receivables decreased from 3.0% to
2.4%. The decline is primarily attributable to the increase in indirect automobile purchase loans, retail purchase
loans, and direct mail where we do not have the opportunity to discuss our insurance offerings with the customer.
Other Income. Other income increased $825,000, or 13.8%, to $6.8 million in 2013 from $6.0 million in
2012. The largest component of other income is late charges, which increased $1.3 million, or 31.2%, to
$5.5 million in 2013 from $4.2 million in 2012. The increase in late charges was due primarily to a 32.2%
increase in average finance receivables. In addition, in 2012, we recognized $345,000 of revenue from the
preparation of income tax returns. The Company no longer provides these services.
Provision for Credit Losses. Our provision for credit losses increased $11.4 million, or 41.2%, to
$39.2 million in 2013 from $27.8 million in 2012. The increase in the provision occurred because of growth in
the loan portfolio and an increase in the amount of delinquent accounts. This increase was offset by a decline in
the provision due to the reduction of the effective lives of our finance receivable portfolios and the related net
charge-off rate used to estimate the allowance for credit losses. Net loans charged-off were 6.9% and 6.5% of
average finance receivables for 2013 and 2012, respectively.
General and Administrative Expenses. Our general and administrative expenses, comprising expenses for
personnel, occupancy, marketing, and other expenses, increased $15.5 million, or 27.9%, to $71.0 million during
2013 from $55.6 million in 2012. This increase was primarily the result of adding 43 branches to our network.
Our efficiency ratio (general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue) increased to 41.6% in 2013
from 40.9% in 2012. Excluding the one-time expenses related to director compensation and the secondary
offering, our efficiency ratio for 2013 would have been 40.5%.
Personnel. The largest component of general and administrative expenses is personnel expense, which
increased $6.4 million, or 19.0%, to $39.9 million in 2013 from $33.5 million for 2012. This increase is primarily
attributable to the number of new branches opened. At December 31, 2012, we had 221 branches; whereas, at
December 31, 2013 we had 264 branches. However, personnel costs as a percentage of average finance
receivables declined to 8.4% for 2013 from 9.3% in 2012. The Company has leveraged existing personnel as
average finance receivables have increased.
54
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Occupancy. Occupancy expenses increased $3.0 million, or 34.5%, to $11.6 million in 2013 from
$8.7 million in 2012. The increase in occupancy expenses is the result of 43 additional branches at December 31,
2013, compared to December 31, 2012, phone system costs, and upgraded communication lines. Additionally,
we frequently experience increases in rent as we renew existing leases.
Marketing. Marketing expenses increased $1.2 million, or 43.8%, to $4.0 million in 2013 from $2.8
million in 2012. The increase was due to the increases in our direct mail campaigns consistent with our 2013
marketing plan.
Other Expenses. Other expenses increased $4.9 million, or 46.1%, to $15.6 million in 2013 from
$10.6 million in 2012. The increase was primarily due to the $2.0 million of one-time expenses related to director
compensation and the secondary offerings, in addition to costs associated with the addition of 43 new branches
since 2012 and other costs associated with being a public company.
Interest Expense. Interest expense on the senior revolving credit facility and other debt increased $3.6
million, or 33.7%, to $14.1 million in 2013 from $10.6 million in 2012. This increase was due primarily to the
increase in the average balance of our senior revolving credit facility. The average cost of our senior revolving
credit facility decreased by 3 basis points from 4.54% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 4.51% for the
year ended December 31, 2013. The difference was due primarily to the mix between our LIBOR-based portion
of the loan and the prime interest rate portion of the loan. This was offset by an increase due to a rise in our
unused line fees.
Consulting and Advisory Fees. The consulting and advisory fees paid to related parties terminated with the
closing of the initial public offering.
Income Taxes. Income taxes increased $2.9 million, or 19.9%, to $17.5 million in 2013 from $14.6 million
in 2012. The increase in income taxes was due to an increase in our net income before taxes. The effective tax
rate increased 71 basis points to 37.75% in 2013 from 37.04% in 2012. The increase in the effective tax rate was
primarily due to the non-deductibility of stock offering expenses and a reduction in the small insurance company
income exclusion.
Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2012, Versus the Year Ended December 31, 2011
Net Income and Revenue. GAAP net income increased $3.7 million, or 17.6%, to $24.8 million in 2012,
from $21.0 million in 2011. On a pro forma basis, excluding one-time initial public offering expenses and
applying the proceeds from the offering to reduce outstanding debt, net income for 2012 was $26.4 million, a
25.5% increase from the prior year. Total revenues increased $30.4 million during 2012, a 28.8% increase over
2011. The increase in 2012 revenues and net income is attributable to strong loan growth in existing branches,
combined with the opening of 32 additional branches and the acquisition of 19 net new branches in Alabama.
Interest and Fee Income. Interest and fee income increased $27.5 million, or 30.1%, to $119.0 million in
2012, from $91.5 million in 2011. The increase in interest and fee income was due primarily to a 36.5% increase
in average finance receivables during the year, offset by a decrease in the average yield on loans from 34.6% to
33.0%. The following table sets forth the average finance receivables balance and average yield for each of our
loan product categories for 2012 compared to 2011 (dollars in thousands):
Small installment loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Large installment loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automobile purchase loans . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retail purchase loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2012
2011
Average
Finance
Receivables
$137,376
52,372
150,610
20,749
Average
Yield
Average
Finance
Receivables
48.0% $111,387
32,034
31.1%
115,280
21.7%
5,777
20.1%
Total finance receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$361,107
33.0% $264,478
Average
Yield
49.4%
28.4%
22.8%
19.0%
34.6%
55
The following is a discussion of the changes by product type:
•
•
Small Installment Loans – Small installment loans (loans with an original principal balance of $2,500
or less) outstanding increased by $58.4 million, or 44.8%, to $188.6 million at December 31, 2012,
from $130.2 million at December 31, 2011. Our direct mail campaigns drove significant loan growth in
existing and new branches. Customers with higher credit scores were offered lower rates which
reduced the yield late in the year. In addition, the growth in receivables at the new branches opened in
2012 contributed to the growth in overall small installment loans outstanding.
Large Installment Loans – Large installment loans outstanding increased by $17.4 million, or 50.2%, to
$52.0 million at December 31, 2012, from $34.6 million at December 31, 2011. The increase is
primarily due to the acquisition of assets from two consumer loan companies in Alabama.
• Automobile Purchase Loans – Automobile purchase loans outstanding increased by $37.0 million, or
28.1%, to $168.6 million at December 31, 2012, from $131.7 million at December 31, 2011. The
increase in automobile purchase loans outstanding was principally due to our increased emphasis on
such loans, including our initiatives relating to indirect lending through our AutoCredit Source
branches. The addition in recent years of indirect lending at a lower interest rate has slightly lowered
the overall yield of our automobile purchase loan category.
• Retail Purchase Loans – Retail purchase loans outstanding increased $19.4 million, or 178.0%, to
$30.3 million at December 31, 2012, from $10.9 million at December 31, 2011. The increase in retail
purchase loans outstanding resulted from the additional relationships we established with new retailers,
as well as an expansion of volume through our existing relationships.
Insurance Income. Insurance income increased $1.5 million, or 16.7%, to $10.7 million in 2012 from $9.2
million in 2011. The increase in insurance income was due primarily to a 36.5% increase in average finance
receivables. However, insurance income as a percentage of average finance receivables decreased from 3.5% to
3.0%. The decline is primarily attributable to the increase in indirect automobile purchase loans, retail purchase
loans, and direct mail where we do not have the opportunity to discuss our insurance offerings with the customer.
Other Income. Other income increased $1.3 million, or 28.3%, to $6.0 million in 2012 from $4.7 million in
2011. The largest component of other income is late charges, which increased $1.0 million, or 31.9%, to $4.2
million in 2012 from $3.2 in 2011. The increase in late charges was due primarily to a 36.5% increase in average
finance receivables. In addition, in 2012 and 2011, we recognized $345,000 and $453,000, respectively, of
revenue from the preparation of income tax returns. The Company no longer provides these services.
Provision for Credit Losses. Our provision for credit losses increased $9.9 million, or 55.5%, to
$27.8 million in 2012 from $17.9 million in 2011. The increase in the provision was made in recognition of
growth in the loan portfolio. Net loans charged-off were 6.5% and 6.3% of average finance receivables for 2012
and 2011, respectively.
General and Administrative Expenses. Our general and administrative expenses, comprising expenses for
personnel, occupancy, marketing, and other expenses, increased $14.7 million, or 36.1%, to $55.6 million during
2012 from $40.8 million in 2011. This increase was primarily the result of adding 51 branches to our network.
Our efficiency ratio (general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue) increased to 40.9% in 2012
from 38.8% in 2011.
Personnel. The largest component of general and administrative expenses is personnel expense, which
increased $7.8 million, or 30.4%, to $33.5 million in 2012 from $25.7 million for 2011. This increase is primarily
attributable to the number of new branches opened. At December 31, 2011, we had 170 branches; whereas, at
December 31, 2012 we had 221 branches. However, personnel costs as a percentage of average finance
receivables declined to 9.3% for 2012 from 9.7% in 2011.
56
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Occupancy. Occupancy expenses increased $2.1 million, or 32.6%, to $8.7 million in 2012 from
$6.5 million in 2011. The increase in occupancy expenses is the result of 51 additional branches at December 31,
2012, compared to December 31, 2011. Additionally, we frequently experience increases in rent as we renew
existing leases.
Marketing. Marketing expenses increased $711,000, or 34.6%, to $2.8 million in 2012 from $2.1
million in 2011. The increase in marketing expenses was due primarily to an increase in the volume of our direct
mail campaigns.
Other Expenses. Other expenses increased $4.1 million, or 61.9%, to $10.6 million in 2012 from $6.6
million in 2011. The increase was due primarily to costs associated with the acquisition of the assets of two
consumer loan companies in Alabama, the addition of 51 new branches, and costs associated with being a public
company.
Interest Expense. Interest expense on the senior revolving credit facility and other debt increased $2.3
million, or 27.4%, to $10.6 million in 2012 from $8.3 million in 2011. This increase was due primarily to higher
average outstanding debt balances. The average cost of our senior revolving credit facility decreased by 22 basis
points from 4.76% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 4.54% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The
primary difference was the mix between our LIBOR-based portion of the loan and the prime interest rate portion
of the loan and the reduction in the unused line fee as the amount outstanding increased.
Consulting and Advisory Fees. The consulting and advisory fees paid to related parties increased $476,000
to $1.5 million in 2012 from $1.0 million in 2011. The increase in advisory and consulting fees is attributable to
the termination fees payable to the sponsors and former majority stockholders at closing of the initial public
offering in April 2012. These fee agreements terminated with the closing of the initial public offering.
Income Taxes. Income taxes increased $2.3 million, or 18.5%, to $14.6 million in 2012 from $12.3 million
compared to 2011. The increase in income taxes was due to an increase in our net income before taxes. The
effective tax rate increased 17 basis points to 37.04% in 2012 from 36.87% in 2011. The increase in the effective
tax rate was primarily due to a reduction in the small insurance company income exclusion.
Quarterly Information and Seasonality
Our loan volume and corresponding finance receivables follow seasonal trends. Demand for our loans is
typically highest during the third and fourth quarter, largely due to customers borrowing money for back-to-school
and holiday spending. With the exception of automobile purchase loans, loan demand has generally been the lowest
during the first quarter, largely due to the timing of income tax refunds. During the remainder of the year, we
typically experience loan growth from general operations. In addition, we typically generate higher loan volumes in
the second half of the year from our direct mail campaigns, which are timed to coincide with seasonal consumer
demand. Consequently, we experience significant seasonal fluctuations in our operating results and cash needs.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary cash needs relate to the funding of our lending activities and, to a lesser extent, capital
expenditures relating to expanding and maintaining our branch locations. In connection with our plans to expand
our branch network in future years, we will incur approximately $2.0 million to $4.0 million of capital
expenditures annually. We have historically financed, and plan to continue to finance, our short-term and long-
term operating liquidity and capital needs through a combination of cash flows from operations and borrowings
under our senior revolving credit facility.
As a holding company, almost all of the funds generated from our operations are earned by our operating
subsidiaries. In addition, our wholly-owned subsidiary, RMC Reinsurance Ltd., is required to maintain cash
57
reserves against life insurance policies ceded to it, as determined by the ceding company, and has also purchased
a cash-collateralized letter of credit in favor of the ceding company. As of December 31, 2013, these reserve
requirements totaled $1.9 million. Additionally, we had a reserve for life insurance claims on our balance sheet
of $226,000, as determined by the third party, unrelated ceding company.
Cash Flow.
Operating Activities. Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $14.9 million, or 25.8%,
to $72.6 million in 2013 from $57.7 million in 2012. The increase was primarily due to higher profitability due to
growth in the business.
Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $16.2 million, or 39.1%, to $57.7 million in 2012
from $41.5 million in 2011. The increase was primarily due to higher profitability due to growth in the business.
Investing Activities. Investing activities consist of finance receivables originated and purchased, net
change in restricted cash, and the purchase of furniture and equipment for new and existing branches. Net cash
used in investing activities for 2013 was $142.6 million compared to $159.0 million in 2012, a net decrease of
$16.4 million. The decrease is due primarily to the 2012 payment for a business combination of $28.4 million.
Net cash used in investing activities for 2012 was $159.0 million compared to $79.2 million in 2011, a
net increase of $79.8 million. The increase is due to growth in all loan categories, including large loans via the
$28.4 million purchase of the assets of two consumer loan companies, small loans via successful direct mail
campaigns, and the result of good customer demand for auto and retail loans.
Financing Activities. Financing activities consist of borrowings and payments on our outstanding
indebtedness and issuance of common stock. During 2013, net cash provided by financing activities was
$70.9 million, resulting in a decrease in net cash provided by financing activities of $28.8 million. The decrease
in net cash provided by financing activities was primarily the result of a decrease in proceeds from the issuance
of common stock, net of repayment of mezzanine debt.
Net cash provided by financing activities during 2012 was $99.7 million, resulting in a net increase in
net cash provided by financing activities of $58.0 million. The increase in net cash provided by financing
activities was a result of net proceeds from the initial public offering and an increase in net advances from our
senior revolving credit facility to fund a portion of the increase in finance receivables.
Financing Arrangements.
Senior Revolving Credit Facility. We entered into an amended and restated senior revolving credit
facility with a syndicate of banks in January 2012, which was subsequently amended in July 2012, March 2013,
May 2013, and November 2013. The amended and restated senior revolving credit facility provides for up to
$500.0 million in availability, with a borrowing base of 85% of eligible finance receivables, and matures in May
2016. The facility has an accordion provision that allows for the expansion of the facility to $600 million.
Borrowings under the facility bear interest, payable monthly, at rates equal to LIBOR of a maturity we elect
between one month and six months, with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin based on our
leverage ratio. Alternatively, we may pay interest at a rate based on the prime rate (which was 3.25% as of
December 31, 2013) plus an applicable margin (which was 2.0% as of December 31, 2013). We also pay an
unused line fee of 0.50% per annum, payable monthly. This fee decreases to 0.375% when the average
outstanding balance exceeds $375.0 million. The senior revolving credit facility is collateralized by certain of our
assets, including substantially all of our finance receivables and equity interests of substantially all of our
subsidiaries. The credit agreement contains certain restrictive covenants, including maintenance of specified
interest coverage and debt ratios, restrictions on distributions, limitations on other indebtedness, maintenance of a
minimum allowance for credit losses, and certain other restrictions.
58
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Our outstanding debt under the senior revolving credit facility was $362.8 million at December 31,
2013. At December 31, 2013, we were in compliance with our debt covenants. A year or more in advance of the
May 2016 maturity date of our amended and restated senior revolving credit facility, we intend to extend its
maturity date or take other appropriate action to address repayment upon maturity. See Part I, Item 1A. “Risk
Factors” for a discussion of risks related to our amended and restated senior revolving credit facility, including
refinancing risk.
We have entered into interest rate caps to manage interest rate risk associated with a notional amount
of $150.0 million of our LIBOR-based borrowings. The interest rate caps have a strike rate of six percent and a
maturity of March 4, 2014. When three-month LIBOR exceeds six percent, the counterparty reimburses us for
the excess over six percent; no payment is required by us or the counterparty when three-month LIBOR is below
six percent. The interest rate caps matured unused on March 4, 2014. The Company is evaluating interest rate
management options and intends to enter into a new transaction in 2014.
Mezzanine Debt. In August 2010, we entered into a $25.8 million mezzanine loan from a sponsor and
three individual stockholders. Our mezzanine debt was repaid in full from the proceeds of our initial public
offering, which closed in April 2012.
Other Financing Arrangements. We have a $1.5 million line of credit with a commercial bank to
facilitate our cash management program, which is secured by a mortgage on our headquarters. The interest rate is
prime plus 0.25%, with a minimum of 5.00%, and interest is payable monthly. The line of credit matures on
January 18, 2015. There are no significant restrictive covenants associated with this line of credit. There was no
amount outstanding under this line of credit at December 31, 2013.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
We are not a party to any off balance sheet arrangements.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013, and the effect such
obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods (dollars in thousands).
Payments Due by Period
Total
Less than 1
Year
1 – 3 Years
3 – 5 Years
More than 5
Years
Principal payments on long-term debt obligations . .
Interest payments on long-term debt obligations . . .
Operating lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$362,750
35,642
11,093
$ — $362,750
20,617
15,025
5,410
4,406
$ —
—
1,250
$409,485
$19,431
$388,777
$1,250
$—
—
27
$ 27
Impact of Inflation
Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost, except for the
interest rate cap which is carried at fair value. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation
due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of
operations and financial condition have been immaterial.
Related Party Transactions
For a description of our related party transactions, see “Part III. Financial Statements, Note 16, Related
Party Transactions.”
59
Critical Accounting Policies
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based upon our
consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires estimates
and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the
reporting period. Management bases estimates on historical experience and other assumptions it believes to be
reasonable under the circumstances and evaluates these estimates on an on-going basis. Actual results may differ
from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
We set forth below those material accounting policies that we believe are the most critical to an investor’s
understanding of our financial results and condition and that involve a higher degree of complexity and
management judgment.
Credit Losses.
Finance receivables are equal to the total amount due from the customer, net of unearned finance and
insurance charges. Net finance receivables are equal to the total amount due from the customer, net of unearned
finance and insurance charges and allowance for credit losses.
Provisions for credit losses are charged to income in amounts sufficient to maintain an adequate allowance
for credit losses on our related finance receivables portfolio. Credit loss experience, contractual delinquency of
finance receivables, the value of underlying collateral, and management’s judgment are factors used in assessing
the overall adequacy of the allowance and the resulting provision for credit losses.
Our loans within each loan product are homogenous and it is not possible to evaluate individual loans. We
evaluate losses in each of the four categories of loans in establishing the allowance for credit losses.
In making an evaluation about the portfolio, we consider the trend of contractual delinquencies and the slow
file. The slow file consists of all loans that are one or more days past due. We evaluate delinquencies and the
slow file by each state and by supervision district within states to identify trends requiring investigation.
Historically, loss rates have been affected by several factors, including the unemployment rates in the areas in
which we operate, the number of customers filing for bankruptcy protection, and the prices paid for vehicles at
automobile auctions. Management considers each of these factors in establishing the allowance for credit losses.
We evaluate the loans of customers in Chapter 13 bankruptcy for impairment as troubled debt
restructurings. We have adopted the policy of aggregating loans with similar risk characteristics for purposes of
computing the amount of impairment. In connection with the adoption of this practice, we compute the estimated
impairment on our Chapter 13 bankrupt loans in the aggregate by discounting the projected cash flows at the
original contract rates on the loan using the terms imposed by the bankruptcy court. We applied this method in
the aggregate to each of our four classes of loans.
Our policy for the accounts of customers in bankruptcy is to charge off the balance of accounts in a
confirmed bankruptcy under Chapter 7 of the bankruptcy code. For customers in a Chapter 13 bankruptcy plan,
the bankruptcy court reduces the post-petition interest rate we can charge, as it does for most creditors.
Additionally, if the bankruptcy court converts a portion of a loan to an unsecured claim, our policy is to charge
off the portion of the unsecured balance that we deem uncollectible at the time the bankruptcy plan is confirmed.
Once the customer is in a confirmed Chapter 13 bankruptcy plan, we receive payments with respect to the
remaining amount of the loan at the reduced interest rate from the bankruptcy trustee. We do not believe that
accounts in a confirmed Chapter 13 plan have a higher level of risk than non-bankrupt accounts. If a customer
fails to comply with the terms of the bankruptcy order, we will petition the trustee to have the customer
dismissed from bankruptcy. Upon dismissal, we restore the account to the original terms and pursue collection
through our normal collection activities.
60
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
We fully reserve for all loans at the date that the loan is contractually delinquent 180 days. We initiate
repossession proceedings on certain loans when we have exhausted other means of collection, and, in the opinion
of management, the customer is unlikely to make further payments. We sell substantially all repossessed vehicles
through public sales conducted by independent automobile auction organizations, after the required post-
possession waiting period. Losses on the sale of repossessed collateral are charged to the allowance for credit
losses.
Income Recognition.
Interest income is recognized using the interest method, or constant yield method. Therefore, we recognize
revenue from interest at an equal rate over the term of the loan. Unearned finance charges on pre-compute
contracts are rebated to customers utilizing statutory methods, which in many cases is the Rule of 78s method.
The difference between income recognized under the constant yield method and the statutory method is
recognized as an adjustment to interest income at the time of rebate. Accrual of interest income on finance
receivables is suspended when no payment has been received for 90 days or more on a contractual basis. The
accrual of income is not resumed until one or more full contractual monthly payments are received and the
account is less than 90 days contractually delinquent. Interest income is suspended on finance receivables for
which collateral has been repossessed.
We recognize income on credit insurance products using the constant yield method over the life of the
related loan. Rebates are computed using the statutory methods, which in many cases is the Rule of 78s method,
and any difference between the constant yield method and the statutory method is recognized in income at the
time of rebate.
We charge a fee to automobile dealers for each loan we purchase from that dealer. We defer this fee and
accrete it to income using a method that approximates the constant yield method over the life of the loan.
Charges for late fees are recognized as income when collected.
Insurance Operations.
Insurance operations include revenue and expense from the sale of optional insurance products to our
customers. These optional products include credit life insurance, credit accident and health insurance, property
insurance, and involuntary unemployment insurance. The premiums and commissions we receive are deferred
and amortized to income over the life of the insurance policy using the constant yield method.
Stock-Based Compensation.
We have a stock option plan for certain members of management. We did not grant any options in 2010 or
2011. Upon the closing of the initial public offering in 2012, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of
310,000 shares of our common stock to certain of our officers and directors. An additional 126,500 shares were
granted to officers in 2013. We measure compensation cost for stock-based awards made under this plan at
estimated fair value and recognize compensation expense over the service period for awards expected to vest. All
grants are made at 100% of fair value at the date of the grant.
The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The Black-Scholes
model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including expected volatility, risk-free interest rate,
and expected life, changes to which can materially affect the fair value estimate. In addition, the estimation of
stock-based awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated
estimates differ from current estimates, such amounts will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period
estimates are revised.
61
Prior to our initial public offering in 2012, our stock was not publically traded. We used the performance of
the common stock of a publicly traded company whose business is comparable to ours to estimate the volatility
of our stock. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield at the date our Board approved the option
awards for the period over which the options are exercisable.
Income Taxes.
We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states. We are generally no longer
subject to U.S. federal, state, or local income tax examinations by taxing authorities before 2010, though we
remain subject to examination in Texas for the 2009 tax year.
When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon
examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position
taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized
in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, it is more likely than not
that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if
any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-
likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50%
likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits
associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability
for unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties
that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination. As of December 31, 2013, we had not taken
any tax position that exceeds the amount described above.
Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits are classified as additional income taxes in
the consolidated statements of income.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary
differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective
tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effects of
future tax rate changes are recognized in the period when the enactment of new rates occurs.
62
Regional Management Corp. and Subsidiaries
Unaudited Non-GAAP Reconciliation of Selected Financial Data
Year Ended December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
General and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted net income per common share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Efficiency ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
$
$
$
71,039
17,460
28,794
2.23
12,893,693
$(1,959)(1) $
450(2) $
$
$
$ 1,509
$
69,080
17,910
30,303
2.35
12,893,693
41.6%
40.5%
Actual
Adjustments
Non-GAAP
(1) Expenses related to the year ended December 31, 2013:
Director compensation
Secondary offering
$1,210
$ 749
(2) Tax effect of the director compensation expense (secondary offering expense is non-deductible for tax
purposes)
63
Regional Management Corp. and Subsidiaries
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income
Year Ended December 31, 2012
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Actual
Pro Forma
Adjustments
Pro Forma
Revenue
Interest and fee income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insurance income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expenses
Provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consulting and advisory fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior revolving credit facility and other debt . . . . . . . . . . .
Mezzanine debt-related parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income per common share:
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
$
$
Weighted average shares outstanding:
119,025
10,681
5,991
135,697
27,765
33,492
8,655
2,767
10,644
1,451
10,580
1,030
11,610
96,384
39,313
14,561
24,752
2.12
2.07
$ —
—
—
—
—
140(1)
—
—
—
(1,451)(2)
(247)(3)
(1,030)(4)
(1,277)
(2,588)
2,588
942(5)
$ 1,646
$
119,025
10,681
5,991
135,697
27,765
33,632
8,655
2,767
10,644
—
10,333
—
10,333
93,796
41,901
15,503
26,398
2.11
2.07
$
$
$
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11,694,924
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11,980,748
12,486,727
12,772,551
(1) Represents additional compensation expense associated with the grant of options upon consummation of the
initial public offering.
(2) Represents a termination fee of $1,125, combined with the $326 we paid our former majority stockholders
and sponsors for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The agreements with the former majority
stockholders and sponsors terminated with the completion of the initial public offering.
(3) Reflects reduction in interest expense as a result of payment of $13,229 in aggregate principal amount of our
senior revolving credit facility, offset in part by an unused line fee of 0.50%. Also reflects a reduction in the
interest rate under our senior revolving credit facility from one month LIBOR (with a LIBOR floor of
1.00%) plus 3.25% to one month LIBOR (with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%) plus 3.00%.
(4) Reflects reduction in interest expense as a result of the repayment of the $25,814 in aggregate principal
amount of our mezzanine debt, which accrued interest at a rate of 15.25% per annum.
(5) Reflects an increase in income taxes as a result of the increase in income before taxes.
64
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk arises from the possibility that changes in interest rates will affect our results of operations
and financial condition. We originate finance receivables at either prevailing market rates or at statutory limits.
Subject to statutory limits, our ability to react to changes in prevailing market rates is dependent upon the speed
at which our customers pay off or renew loans in our existing loan portfolio, which allows us to originate new
loans at prevailing market rates. Our loan portfolio turns over approximately 1.4 times per year from cash
payments and renewals of loans. Because our automobile purchase loans and retail purchase loans have longer
maturities and typically are not refinanced prior to maturity, the rate of turnover of the loan portfolio may change
as these loans change as a percentage of our portfolio.
We also are exposed to changes in interest rates as a result of our borrowing activities, which include a
senior revolving credit facility with a group of banks used to maintain liquidity and fund the Company’s business
operations. The nature and amount of our debt may vary as a result of future business requirements, market
conditions, and other factors. At December 31, 2013, our outstanding debt under our senior revolving credit
facility was $362.8 million and interest on borrowings under this facility was approximately 4.51% for the year
ended December 31, 2013, including amortization of debt issuance costs, an unused line fee, and adjustments to
fair value of the Company’s interest rate cap. Because the LIBOR interest rates are currently below the 1.00%
floor provided for in our senior revolving credit facility, an increase of 100 basis points in the LIBOR interest
rate would result in an increase of less than 100 basis points to our borrowing costs. Based on a LIBOR rate of 25
basis points and the outstanding balance at December 31, 2013, an increase of 100 basis points in the LIBOR
would result in an increase of 25 basis points to our borrowing costs and would result in $907,000 of increased
interest expense on an annual basis.
We entered into interest rate caps to manage interest rate risk associated with a notional $150.0 million of
our LIBOR-based borrowings. The interest rate caps were based on the three-month LIBOR contract, were to
reimburse us for the difference when three-month LIBOR exceeded six percent, and had a maturity of March 4,
2014. The carrying value of the interest rate caps are adjusted to fair value. For the year ended December 31,
2013, we recorded an unfavorable fair value adjustment of $1 as an increase in interest expense.
65
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
REGIONAL MANAGEMENT CORP.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Audited Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012
Audited Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012,
and December 31, 2011
Audited Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31,
2013, December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011
Audited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, December 31,
2012, and December 31, 2011
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Page
67
68
69
70
71
72
66
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Regional Management Corp. and Subsidiaries
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Regional Management Corp. and Subsidiaries
as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor
were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included
consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the
financial position of Regional Management Corp. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2013, in
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ McGladrey LLP
Raleigh, North Carolina
March 17, 2014
67
Regional Management Corp. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2013 and 2012
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
2013
2012
Assets
Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross finance receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less unearned finance charges, insurance premiums, and commissions . . . . . . . . .
$
4,121
658,176
(113,492)
$
Finance receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Allowance for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
544,684
(30,089)
Net finance receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repossessed assets at net realizable value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
514,595
7,100
548
716
1,386
5,422
3,298
531,850
(92,376)
439,474
(23,616)
415,858
5,111
711
363
1,815
7,361
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 533,888
$ 434,517
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Liabilities:
Deferred tax liability, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable and accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior revolving credit facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
2,653
7,312
362,750
372,715
$
5,947
6,987
292,379
305,313
Commitments and Contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.10 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued
and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common stock, $0.10 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 12,652,197 and
12,486,727 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012,
respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional paid-in-capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
1,265
83,317
76,591
1,249
80,158
47,797
Total stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
161,173
129,204
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 533,888
$ 434,517
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
68
Regional Management Corp. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Revenue
Interest and fee income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insurance income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
152,343
11,470
6,816
170,629
119,025
10,681
5,991
135,697
$
91,513
9,155
4,669
105,337
2013
2012
2011
39,192
27,765
17,854
Expenses
Provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative expenses
Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consulting and advisory fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior revolving credit facility and other debt . . . . . . . . . . .
Mezzanine debt-related parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39,868
11,640
3,980
15,551
—
14,144
—
14,144
Total expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
124,375
Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income per common share:
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46,254
17,460
28,794
2.29
2.23
$
$
$
$
$
$
33,492
8,655
2,767
10,644
1,451
10,580
1,030
11,610
96,384
39,313
14,561
24,752
2.12
2.07
$
$
$
25,679
6,527
2,056
6,573
975
8,306
4,037
12,343
72,007
33,330
12,290
21,040
2.25
2.19
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12,572,298
11,694,924
9,336,727
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12,893,693
11,980,748
9,620,967
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
69
Regional Management Corp. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
(in thousands)
Balance, December 31, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock option expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance, December 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sale of common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Underwriting discount and offering expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reclassification of temporary equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock option expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance, December 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Issuance of stock awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock option expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common
Stock
$ 934
—
—
Additional
Paid-in-
Capital
$27,959
191
—
Retained
Earnings
$ 2,005
—
21,040
Total
$ 30,898
191
21,040
934
315
—
—
—
—
1,249
2
14
—
—
—
28,150
46,935
(7,469)
12,000
542
—
80,158
867
859
731
702
—
23,045
—
—
—
—
24,752
47,797
—
—
—
—
28,794
52,129
47,250
(7,469)
12,000
542
24,752
129,204
869
873
731
702
28,794
Balance, December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$1,265
$83,317
$76,591
$161,173
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
70
Regional Management Corp. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
(in thousands)
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
$ 28,794
$ 24,752
$ 21,040
activities:
2013
2012
2011
Provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accretion of discounts on purchased receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of stock compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fair value adjustment on interest rate caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income taxes, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
39,192
3,459
(434)
1,571
1
(3,294)
27,765
2,598
(1,581)
542
27
5,962
17,854
1,437
(9)
191
252
4,361
(Increase) decrease in other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,977
324
(1,295)
(1,048)
(3,464)
(169)
Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
72,590
57,722
41,493
Cash flows from investing activities:
Net origination of finance receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase of property and equipment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payment for business combination, net of cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increase in restricted cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase of finance receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(137,031)
(4,152)
(575)
(562)
(357)
(127,652)
(1,996)
(28,388)
—
(975)
(73,660)
(2,581)
—
(450)
(2,531)
Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(142,677)
(159,011)
(79,222)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net advances on senior revolving credit facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payments for debt issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefits from exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repayment of mezzanine debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Decrease in cash overdraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net payments of other notes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net cash provided by financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
70,371
(1,065)
873
731
—
—
—
—
70,910
86,370
(598)
—
—
39,781
(25,814)
(1)
—
42,708
(156)
—
—
—
—
(364)
(466)
99,738
41,722
Net change in cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
823
(1,551)
3,993
Cash:
Beginning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,298
4,849
856
Ending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
4,121
$
3,298
$ 4,849
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Cash payments for interest
Paid to third parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 13,468
$ 10,281
$ 7,698
Paid to related parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
— $
1,085
$ 4,604
Cash payments for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 16,205
$ 14,273
$ 7,548
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
71
Regional Management Corp. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Note 1. Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of business: Regional Management Corp. (the “Company”) was incorporated and began operations in
1987. The Company is engaged in the consumer finance business, offering small installment loans, large
installment loans, automobile purchase loans, retail purchase loans, and related credit insurance. As of
December 31, 2013, the Company operated offices in 264 locations in the states of Alabama (49 offices),
Georgia (3 offices), North Carolina (29 offices), New Mexico (4 offices), Oklahoma (21 offices), South Carolina
(70 offices), Tennessee (21 offices), and Texas (67 offices) under the names Regional Finance, RMC Financial
Services, Anchor Finance, Superior Financial Services, First Community Credit, AutoCredit Source, RMC
Retail, and Sun Finance. The Company opened or acquired 43, 51, and 36 new offices during the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.
Seasonality: Our loan volume and corresponding finance receivables follow seasonal trends. Demand for our
loans is typically highest during the third and fourth quarter, largely due to customers borrowing money for back-
to-school and holiday spending. Loan demand has generally been the lowest during the first quarter, largely due
to the timing of income tax refunds. During the remainder of the year, we typically experience loan growth from
general operations. In addition, we typically generate higher loan volumes in the second half of the year from our
direct mail campaigns, which are timed to coincide with seasonal consumer demand. Consequently, we
experience significant seasonal fluctuations in our operating results and cash needs.
The following is a description of significant accounting policies used in preparing the financial statements.
Business segments: The Company has one reportable segment, which is the consumer finance segment. The
other revenue generating activities of the Company, including insurance operations, are performed in the existing
branch network in conjunction with or as a complement to the lending operations.
Principles of consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its
wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation. The Company operates through a separate subsidiary in each state.
The accounting and reporting policies of the Company are in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and conform to general practices within the consumer
finance industry.
Use of estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to change relate to the determination of the allowance for
credit losses, fair value of stock based compensation, the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, and the
allocation of the purchase price to assets acquired in business combinations.
Reclassifications: Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
Such reclassifications had no impact on previously reported net income or stockholders’ equity.
Statement of cash flows: Cash flows from finance operations and short-term borrowings are reported on a net
basis.
72
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Finance receivables: Small installment loan receivables are direct loans to customers and are secured by non-
essential household goods and, in some instances, an automobile and include direct mail loans, which are checks
mailed to customers based on a rigorous pre-screening process that includes a review of the prospective
customer’s credit profile provided by national credit reporting bureaus. Large installment loan receivables are
direct loans to customers and are secured by automobiles or other vehicles in addition to non-essential household
goods. Automobile purchase loan receivables consist of direct loans, which are originated at the dealership and
closed in one of the Company’s branches, and indirect loans, which are originated and closed at a dealership in
the Company’s network without the need for the customer to visit one of the Company’s branches. In each case,
these automobile purchase loans are collateralized primarily by used and new automobiles and, in the case of
indirect loans, are initiated by and purchased from automobile dealerships, subject to the Company’s credit
approval. Retail purchase loan receivables consist principally of retail installment sales contracts collateralized
by the purchase of furniture or appliances and are initiated by and purchased from retailers, subject to the
Company’s credit approval.
Credit losses: Provisions for credit losses are charged to income as losses are estimated to have occurred and in
amounts sufficient to maintain an allowance for credit losses at an adequate level to provide for losses on the
finance receivables. Credit losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the finance
receivable is no longer collectible. The factors used to determine whether a finance receivable is uncollectible are
the age of the account, supervisory review of collection efforts, and other factors such as customers relocating to
an area where collection is not practical. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Loss
experience, effective loan life, contractual delinquency of finance receivables by loan type, the value of
underlying collateral, and management’s judgment are factors used in assessing the overall adequacy of the
allowance and the resulting provision for credit losses. While management uses the best information available to
make its evaluation, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if there are significant changes in
economic conditions or portfolio performance. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates
that are susceptible to significant revisions as more information becomes available.
The Company establishes a full valuation allowance for a finance receivable at the date that it is contractually
delinquent 180 days. The Company initiates repossession proceedings when the customer is unlikely to make
further payments in the opinion of management. The Company sells substantially all repossessed vehicle
inventory through public sales conducted by independent automobile auction organizations after the required
post-repossession waiting period. Losses on the sale of repossessed collateral are charged to the allowance for
credit losses.
The allowance for credit losses consists of general and specific components. The general reserve estimates credit
losses for groups of finance receivables on a collective basis. The Company’s general component of the
allowance for credit losses relates to probable incurred losses of unimpaired finance receivables. The historical
losses are used to estimate the general allowance as follows:
•
•
Small installment loans (loans of $2.5 or less): Most recent six months of historical losses
Large installment loans (loans in excess of $2.5): Most recent ten months of historical losses
• Automobile purchase loans: Most recent twelve months of historical losses
• Retail purchase loans: Most recent eleven months of historical losses
The Company adjusts the computed historical loss percentages as described above for qualitative factors based
on an assessment of internal and external influences on credit quality that are not fully reflected in the historical
loss data. Those qualitative factors include trends in growth in the loan portfolio, delinquency, unemployment,
bankruptcy, and other economic trends.
Impaired finance receivables: The specific component of the allowance for credit losses relates to impaired
finance receivables. A finance receivable is considered impaired by the Company when it is 180 or more days
contractually delinquent, at which time a full valuation allowance is established for such finance receivable
73
within the allowance for credit losses. In addition, finance receivables that have been modified by bankruptcy
proceedings are accounted for in the aggregate by the Company as troubled debt restructurings and are also
considered impaired finance receivables. At the time of restructuring, a specific valuation allowance is
established for such finance receivables within the allowance for credit losses. The specific component includes
an estimate of the loss resulting from the difference between the recorded investment in a finance receivable to a
bankrupt customer and the present value of the cash flows of such finance receivable in accordance with the
modified finance receivable terms approved by the bankruptcy court discounted at the original contractual
interest rate.
The Company’s policy for the accounts of customers in bankruptcy is to charge off the balance of accounts in a
confirmed bankruptcy under Chapter 7 of the bankruptcy code. If a customer files for bankruptcy under Chapter
7 of the bankruptcy code, the customer’s entire debt is cancelled. In such cases, the Company charges off the
account upon receiving notice from the bankruptcy court. If a vehicle secures a Chapter 7 bankruptcy account,
the customer has the option of buying the vehicle at fair value or reaffirming the loan and continuing to pay the
loan.
The Company evaluates loans of customers in Chapter 13 bankruptcy for impairment as troubled debt
restructurings. The Company has adopted the policy of aggregating loans with similar risk characteristics for
purposes of computing the amount of impairment. The Company computes the estimated impairment on its
Chapter 13 bankrupt loans in the aggregate by discounting the projected cash flows at the original contract rates
on the loan using the terms imposed by the bankruptcy court. This method was applied in the aggregate to each
of the Company’s four classes of loans.
For customers in a Chapter 13 bankruptcy plan, the Company reduces the interest rate to that specified in the
bankruptcy order. Additionally, if the bankruptcy court converts a portion of a loan to an unsecured claim, the
Company’s policy is to charge off the portion of the unsecured balance that it deems uncollectible at the time the
bankruptcy plan is confirmed. Once the customer is in a confirmed Chapter 13 bankruptcy plan, the Company
receives payments with respect to the remaining amount of the loan at the reduced interest rate from the
bankruptcy trustee. The Company does not believe that accounts in a confirmed Chapter 13 plan have a higher
level of risk than non-bankrupt accounts. If a customer fails to comply with the terms of the bankruptcy order,
the Company will petition the trustee to have the customer dismissed from bankruptcy. Upon dismissal, the
Company restores the account to the original terms and pursues collection through its normal collection
activities.
In making the computations of the present value of cash payments to be received on bankrupt accounts in each
product category, the Company used the weighted average interest rates and weighted average remaining term
based on data as of each balance sheet date.
For customers with a confirmed Chapter 13 bankruptcy plan, the Company receives payments through the
bankruptcy court. For customers who recently filed for Chapter 13 bankruptcy, the Company generally does not
receive any payments until their bankruptcy plan is confirmed by the court. If the customers have made payments
to the trustee in advance of plan confirmation, the Company may receive a lump sum payment from the trustee
once the plan is confirmed. This lump sum payment represents the Company’s pro-rata share of the amount paid
by the customer.
Delinquency: The Company determines past due status using the contractual terms of the finance receivable.
This is the credit quality indicator used to evaluate the allowance for credit losses for each class of finance
receivables.
Repossessed assets: Repossessed collateral is valued at the lower of the receivable balance on the finance
receivable prior to repossession or estimated net realizable value. Management estimates net realizable value at
the projected cash value upon liquidation, less costs to sell the related collateral.
74
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Property and equipment: The Company owns certain of its headquarters buildings and leases certain of its
headquarters buildings. Office buildings owned are depreciated on the straight-line method for financial reporting
purposes over their estimated useful lives of thirty-nine to forty years. Branch offices are leased under non-
cancellable leases of three to five years with renewal options. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the
shorter of their useful lives or the remaining term of the lease. Furniture and equipment are depreciated on the
straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, generally three to five years. Maintenance and repairs are
charged to expense as incurred.
Income recognition: Interest income is recognized using the interest method, also known as the constant yield
method. Therefore, the Company recognizes revenue from interest at an equal rate over the term of the loan.
Unearned finance charges on pre-compute contracts are rebated to customers utilizing statutory methods, which
in many cases is the Rule of 78s method. The difference between income recognized under the constant yield
method and the statutory method is recognized as an adjustment to interest income at the time of rebate. Accrual
of interest income on finance receivables is suspended when no payment has been received for 90 days or more
on a contractual basis. The accrual of income is not resumed until one or more full contractual monthly payments
are received and the finance receivable is less than 90 days contractually delinquent. Interest income is
suspended on finance receivables for which collateral has been repossessed. Payments received on loans in
nonaccrual status are first applied to interest, then to any late charges or other fees, with any remaining amount
applied to principal.
The Company recognizes income on credit insurance products using the constant yield method over the life of
the related loan. Rebates are computed using the statutory methods, which in many cases is the Rule of 78s
method, and any difference between the constant yield method and the statutory method is recognized in income
at the time of rebate.
The Company charges a fee to automobile dealers for each loan it purchases from that dealer. The Company
defers this fee and accretes it to income using a method that approximates the constant yield method.
Charges for late fees are recognized as income when collected.
Finance receivable origination fees and costs: Non-refundable fees received and direct costs incurred for the
origination of finance receivables are deferred and amortized to interest income over their contractual lives using
the constant yield method. Unamortized amounts are recognized in income at the time that finance receivables
are paid in full.
Stock based compensation: The Company has a stock option plan for certain members of management. The
Company measures compensation cost for stock-based awards made under this plan at estimated fair value and
recognizes compensation expense over the service period for awards expected to vest. All grants are made at
100% of the fair value on the date of the grant. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-
Scholes valuation model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions,
including expected volatility, risk-free interest rate, and expected life, changes to which can materially affect the
fair value estimate. In addition, the estimation of stock-based awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment,
and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from current estimates, such amounts will be recorded
as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised. Prior to the initial public offering, there was no
published market value for the Company’s stock; therefore, the performance of the common stock of a publicly
traded company whose business is comparable to the Company was used to estimate the volatility of the
Company’s stock.
Marketing costs: Marketing costs are expensed as incurred.
Income taxes: The Company files U.S. federal and various state income tax returns. The Company is generally
no longer subject to U.S. federal, state or local income tax examinations by taxing authorities before 2010, with
the exception of Texas, which is 2009.
75
Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits are classified as additional income taxes in the
consolidated statements of income.
When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by
the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount
of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial
statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, it is more likely than not that the position
will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax
positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not
recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely of being
realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax
positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized
tax benefits in the accompanying balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be
payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary
differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective
tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effects of
future tax rate changes are recognized in the period when the enactment of new rates occurs.
Earnings per share: Earnings per share have been computed based on the weighted-average number of common
shares outstanding during each reporting period presented. Common shares issuable upon the exercise of stock-
based compensation, which are computed using the treasury stock method, are included in the computation of
diluted earnings per share.
Government regulation: The Company is subject to various state and federal laws and regulations, which,
among other things, impose limits on interest rates, other charges, and insurance premiums and require licensing
and qualifications.
In 2010, congress passed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Among other
provisions, the bill created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”). The CFPB has the authority to
promulgate regulations that could affect the Company’s business. The Company is not aware of any pending
regulations that might affect its business.
Note 2. Revision of Financial Statements
During 2013, the Company completed the implementation of internal controls over financial reporting as
required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In connection with that work and as reported in November 2013,
the Company discovered that its accounting for state franchise taxes was incorrect. Further, as the Company
completed the close of its year-end accounting, it identified other errors related to interest income, insurance
premiums, compensated absences, and income taxes. Collectively, the errors result in an overstatement of net
income for the years ended December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2012. The Company considered both the
quantitative and qualitative factors within the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff
Accounting Bulletin No. 99, Materiality, and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior
Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements. Based on this
evaluation, the Company concluded that the errors were immaterial to the previously issued financial statements
and those financial statements can continue to be relied upon. Therefore, the Company has made immaterial
corrections to its previously filed financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K filing to
reflect the corrections in the proper period. Future filings that include prior periods will be revised, as needed,
when filed.
76
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
The effect of the immaterial revisions in the consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended
December 31, 2011 and 2012 is as follows:
Interest and fee income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insurance income, net
Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income per common share:
Consolidated Statements of Income
Years Ended December 31,
2012
2011
As
Reported(1)
$119,235
10,820
136,046
33,453
10,413
96,114
39,932
14,565
$ 25,367
Revised
Change
As
Reported(1)
Revised
Change
$119,025
10,681
135,697
33,492
10,644
96,384
39,313
14,561
$ 24,752
$ (210) $ 91,303
9,247
105,219
25,549
6,502
71,806
33,413
12,169
$ (615) $ 21,244
(139)
(349)
39
231
270
(619)
(4)
$ 91,513
9,155
105,337
25,679
6,573
72,007
33,330
12,290
$ 21,040
$ 210
(92)
118
130
71
201
(83)
121
$ (204)
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
$
2.17
2.12
$
$
2.12
2.07
$(0.05) $
$(0.05) $
2.28
2.21
$
$
2.25
2.19
$(0.03)
$(0.03)
Less unearned finance charges, insurance premiums, and commissions . . . . . . .
Finance receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net finance receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable and accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Balance Sheet
December 31, 2012
As
Reported(1)
Revised
Change
$ (92,024) $ (92,376) $ (352)
(352)
439,474
439,826
(352)
415,858
416,210
(122)
7,361
7,483
(474)
434,517
434,991
891
6,987
6,096
891
305,313
304,422
(1,365)
47,797
49,162
(1,365)
129,204
130,569
$ (474)
$434,517
$434,991
December 31, 2010 Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
December 31, 2011 Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
December 31, 2012 Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of
Stockholders’ Equity
As
Reported(1)
$ 2,551
21,244
23,795
25,367
49,162
Revised
Change
$ 2,005
21,040
23,045
24,752
47,797
$ (546)
(204)
(750)
(615)
(1,365)
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Increase) decrease in other assets . . . . . . . . . .
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities . . . . . . .
Net cash provided by operating activities . . . .
Net origination of finance receivables . . . . . . .
Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31,
2012
2011
Revised
Change
As
Reported(1)
Revised
Change
$ 24,752
(1,295)
(1,048)
57,722
(127,652)
(159,011)
$(615) $ 21,244
$ 21,040
122
303
(190)
190
190
—
(521)
41,345
(73,512)
(79,074)
—
(169)
41,493
(73,660)
(79,222)
$(204)
—
352
148
(148)
(148)
As
Reported(1)
$ 25,367
(1,417)
(1,351)
57,912
(127,842)
(159,201)
77
(1) Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. Such
reclassifications had no impact on previously reported net income or stockholders’ equity.
Note 3. Concentrations of Credit Risk
The Company’s portfolio of finance receivables is with customers living in five southeastern states (Alabama,
Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Tennessee) and three southwestern states (Oklahoma, New Mexico
and Texas); consequently, such customers’ ability to honor their installment contracts may be affected by
economic conditions in these areas. Additionally, the Company is exposed to a concentration of credit risk
inherent in providing consumer finance products to borrowers who cannot obtain traditional bank financing. A
majority of the Company’s loans are secured by household goods or automobiles and the Company believes it
has access to this collateral through repossession. The ability to repossess collateral mitigates this risk; however,
as a matter of practice, the Company does not generally repossess household goods collateral.
The Company also has a risk that its customers will seek protection from creditors by filing under the bankruptcy
laws. When a customer files for bankruptcy protection, the Company must cease collection efforts and petition
the bankruptcy court to obtain its collateral or work out a court approved bankruptcy plan involving the Company
and all other creditors of the customer. It is the Company’s experience that such plans can take an extended
period of time to conclude and usually involve a reduction in the interest rate from the rate in the contract to a
court-approved rate.
The Company maintains amounts in bank accounts which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The
Company has not experienced losses in such accounts. Management believes the Company’s exposure to credit
risk is minimal for these accounts.
Note 4. Finance Receivables, Allowance for Credit Losses, and Credit Quality Information
Finance receivables at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following:
Small installment loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Large installment loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automobile purchase loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retail purchase loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$288,979
43,311
181,126
31,268
$188,562
52,001
168,604
30,307
Finance receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$544,684
$439,474
2013
2012
During the three months ended December 31, 2013, the Company changed its estimate for the allowance for
credit losses based on recent analysis of the effective lives for all finance receivable portfolios. The methodology
for estimating the allowance for credit losses changed from the trailing eight to trailing six month losses on small
installment finance receivables, trailing twelve to trailing ten month losses on large installment finance
receivables, and trailing twelve to trailing eleven month losses on retail purchase finance receivables. As a result,
the Company decreased the allowance for credit losses by $3,901, which increased net income for the twelve
months ended December 31, 2013 by $2,452, or $0.19 diluted earnings per share. The Company recorded an
offsetting $3,450 pre-tax increase to the allowance for credit losses for qualitative factors on finance receivable
growth and delinquency and loss trends.
78
Changes in the allowance for credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 are as
follows:
2013
2012
2011
Balance at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finance receivables charged off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recoveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 23,616
39,192
(33,750)
1,031
$ 19,300
27,765
(24,275)
826
$ 18,000
17,854
(17,147)
593
Balance at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 30,089
$ 23,616
$ 19,300
The following is a reconciliation of the allowance for credit losses by product for the years ended December 31,
2013, 2012, and 2011:
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Balance
January 1,
2013
Provision
Charge-
Offs
Recoveries
Balance
December 31,
2013
Finance
Receivables
December 31,
2013
Small installment . . . . . . . . . . . . $11,369 $22,620 $(19,108) $
Large installment . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automobile purchase . . . . . . . . .
Retail purchase . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(2,630)
(9,875)
(2,137)
1,788
12,094
2,690
2,753
8,424
1,070
489
322
184
36
$15,370
2,233
10,827
1,659
$288,979
43,311
181,126
31,268
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $23,616 $39,192 $(33,750) $ 1,031
$30,089
$544,684
Balance
January 1,
2012
Provision
Charge-
Offs
Recoveries
Balance
December 31,
2012
Finance
Receivables
December 31,
2012
Small installment . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 8,838 $15,225 $(13,125) $
Large installment . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automobile purchase . . . . . . . . .
Retail purchase . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3,252)
(7,202)
(696)
2,448
7,618
396
3,288
7,888
1,364
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $19,300 $27,765 $(24,275) $
431
269
120
6
826
$11,369
2,753
8,424
1,070
$188,562
52,001
168,604
30,307
$23,616
$439,474
Balance
January 1,
2011
Provision
Charge-
Offs
Recoveries
Balance
December 31,
2011
Finance
Receivables
December 31,
2011
Small installment . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 8,974 $ 9,998 $(10,522) $
Large installment . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automobile purchase . . . . . . . . .
Retail purchase . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(1,926)
(4,538)
(161)
1,330
6,118
408
2,972
5,909
145
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $18,000 $17,854 $(17,147) $
79
388
72
129
4
593
$ 8,838
2,448
7,618
396
$130,196
34,625
131,650
10,902
$19,300
$307,373
Allowance
as
Percentage
of Finance
Receivable
Balance
December 31,
2013
5.3%
5.2%
6.0%
5.3%
5.5%
Allowance
as
Percentage
of Finance
Receivable
Balance
December 31,
2012
6.0%
5.3%
5.0%
3.5%
5.4%
Allowance
as
Percentage
of Finance
Receivable
Balance
December 31,
2011
6.8%
7.1%
5.8%
3.6%
6.3%
Finance receivables associated with customers in bankruptcy as a percentage of total finance receivables were
1.3% and 1.2% for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The following is a summary of
the finance receivables associated with customers in bankruptcy as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:
Small installment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Large installment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automobile purchase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retail purchase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2013
2012
$1,498
1,677
3,706
143
$ 420
1,666
3,101
71
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$7,024
$5,258
The contractual delinquency of the finance receivable portfolio by component at December 31, 2013 and 2012
was:
December 31, 2013
Small
Installment
$
%
Large
Installment
%
$
Automobile
Purchase
$
%
Retail
Purchase
$
%
Total
$
%
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $227,916 78.8%$32,513 75.1%$122,313 67.5%$24,829 79.4%$407,571 74.9%
35,425 12.3% 7,788 18.0% 45,841 25.3% 4,249 13.6% 93,303 17.1%
1 to 29 days delinquent
. .
Delinquent accounts
30 to 59 days . . . . . .
60 to 89 days . . . . . .
90 days and over . . .
8,030
5,600
12,008
2.8% 1,220
1.9%
530
4.2% 1,260
2.8% 7,089
1.2% 2,721
2.9% 3,162
749
4.0%
1.5%
416
1.7% 1,025
2.4% 17,088
1.3% 9,267
3.3% 17,455
Total delinquency . . $ 25,638
8.9%$ 3,010
6.9%$ 12,972
7.2%$ 2,190
7.0%$ 43,810
3.1%
1.7%
3.2%
8.0%
Total finance
receivables . . . . . . . . . . $288,979 100.0%$43,311 100.0%$181,126 100.0%$31,268 100.0%$544,684 100.0%
Finance receivables in
nonaccrual status . . . . . $ 12,008
4.2%$ 1,260
2.9%$
3,162
1.7%$ 1,025
3.3%$ 17,455
3.2%
December 31, 2012
Small
Installment
$
%
Large
Installment
$
%
Automobile
Purchase
Retail
Purchase
Total
$
%
$
%
$
%
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $149,573 79.3%$38,076 73.2%$117,847 69.9%$24,220 79.9%$329,716 75.0%
25,285 13.4% 9,872 19.0% 40,705 24.1% 4,361 14.4% 80,223 18.3%
1 to 29 days delinquent . .
Delinquent accounts
30 to 59 days . . . . . .
60 to 89 days . . . . . .
90 days and over . . .
4,514
2,996
6,194
2.4% 1,651
757
1.6%
3.3% 1,645
3.1% 5,471
1.5% 1,963
3.2% 2,618
3.2%
1.2%
1.6%
751
333
642
2.5% 12,387
1.1% 6,049
2.1% 11,099
Total delinquency . . $ 13,704
7.3%$ 4,053
7.8%$ 10,052
6.0%$ 1,726
5.7%$ 29,535
2.8%
1.4%
2.5%
6.7%
Total finance
receivables . . . . . . . . . . $188,562 100.0%$52,001 100.0%$168,604 100.0%$30,307 100.0%$439,474 100.0%
Finance receivables in
nonaccrual status . . . . . $
6,194
3.3%$ 1,645
3.2%$
2,618
1.6%$
642
2.1%$ 11,099
2.5%
80
Following is a summary of finance receivables evaluated for impairment at December 31, 2013 and 2012:
Accounts 180 or more days past due, excluding accounts of
customers in bankruptcy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
846 $
173 $
398 $
Customers in Chapter 13 bankruptcy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,498
1,677
3,706
146 $
143
1,563
7,024
December 31, 2013
Small
Installment
Large
Installment
Automobile
Purchase
Retail
Purchase
Total
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Total impaired accounts specifically evaluated . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Finance receivables evaluated collectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286,635
2,344 $ 1,850 $
4,104 $
41,461
177,022
289 $
8,587
30,979 536,097
Finance receivables outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $288,979 $43,311 $181,126 $31,268 $544,684
Accounts in bankruptcy in nonaccrual status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
667 $
426 $
804 $
58 $
1,955
Amount of the specific reserve for impaired accounts . . . . . . $
1,246 $
756 $
1,565 $
180 $
3,747
Average impaired accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
2,079 $ 1,935 $
3,831 $
273 $
8,118
Amount of the general component of the reserve . . . . . . . . . . $ 14,124 $ 1,477 $
9,262 $ 1,479 $ 26,342
Accounts 180 or more days past due, excluding accounts of
customers in bankruptcy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Customers in Chapter 13 bankruptcy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
725 $
420
251 $
357 $
1,666
3,101
83 $
71
1,416
5,258
December 31, 2012
Small
Installment
Large
Installment
Automobile
Purchase
Retail
Purchase
Total
Total impaired accounts specifically evaluated . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Finance receivables evaluated collectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187,417
1,145 $ 1,917 $
3,458 $
50,084
165,146
154 $
6,674
30,153 432,800
Finance receivables outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $188,562 $52,001 $168,604 $30,307 $439,474
Accounts in bankruptcy in nonaccrual status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
97 $
463 $
858 $
33 $
1,451
Amount of the specific reserve for impaired accounts . . . . . . $
854 $
787 $
1,420 $
109 $
3,170
Average impaired accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
1,192 $ 1,732 $
2,952 $
108 $
5,984
Amount of the general component of the reserve . . . . . . . . . . $ 10,515 $ 1,966 $
7,004 $
961 $ 20,446
It is not practical to compute the amount of interest earned on impaired loans.
Note 5. Property and Equipment
At December 31, 2013 and 2012, property and equipment consisted of the following:
Land and building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less accumulated depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2013
2012
$
847
15,163
2,410
18,420
11,320
$
847
11,970
1,859
14,676
9,565
$ 7,100
$ 5,111
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 totaled $2,174, $1,492, and
$1,204, respectively.
81
Note 6. Leases
Future minimum rent commitments under non-cancellable operating leases in effect as of December 31, 2013 are
as follows:
Year Ending December 31,
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amount
$
4,406
3,370
2,040
879
371
27
$ 11,093
Leases generally contain options to extend for periods from 1 to 10 years; the cost of such extensions is not
included above. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 equaled $4,339, $3,539,
and $2,607, respectively. In addition to rent, the Company typically pays for all operating expenses, property
taxes, and repairs and maintenance on properties that it leases.
Note 7. Goodwill
The following summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2013
and 2012:
Balance at beginning of year
Goodwill
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated goodwill impairment losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill acquired during the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance at end of year
Goodwill
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated goodwill impairment losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2013
2012
$363
—
353
—
$363
—
—
—
716
—
363
—
$716
$363
The Company performed an annual impairment test during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 and determined that
none of the recorded goodwill was impaired.
Note 8. Intangibles
The following table provides the gross carrying amount and related accumulated amortization of definite-lived
intangible assets:
Customer list
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$2,589
$1,203
$2,673
$858
December 31, 2013
December 31, 2012
Gross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Gross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Intangible amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 totaled $676, $779, and
$79, respectively.
82
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
The following table sets forth the future amortization of intangible assets:
Year Ending December 31,
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amount
$
550
363
264
164
45
$ 1,386
Note 9. Other Assets
Other assets include the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012:
Restricted cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization . . . . . . .
Income tax receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest rate caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2013
2012
$1,900
1,478
1,127
—
—
917
$1,338
1,033
671
3,661
1
657
$5,422
$7,361
Note 10. Debt
Following is a summary of the Company’s debt as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:
Senior revolving credit facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secured line of credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$362,750
—
$292,379
—
2013
2012
$362,750
$292,379
Unused amount of senior revolving credit facility,
subject to borrowing base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$137,250
$ 32,621
The Company’s senior revolving credit facility contains restrictive covenants. At December 31, 2013, the
Company was in compliance with all debt covenants. In May 2013, the senior revolving credit facility was
amended to increase the senior secured maximum available borrowings from $325,000 to $500,000. The
accordion feature that allows for expansion was also increased from $75,000 to $100,000. Borrowings under the
facility bear interest, payable monthly, at rates equal to LIBOR of a maturity the Company elects between one
month and six months, with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin (3.00% as of December 31,
2013) based on its leverage ratio. Alternatively, the Company may pay interest at a rate based on the prime rate
plus an applicable margin (which was 2.00% as of December 31, 2013). The Company also pays an unused line
fee of 50 basis points per annum, which declines to 37.5 basis points at certain usage levels. The current
agreement is set to expire May 2016. Advances on this agreement are at 85% of eligible finance receivables. The
senior revolving credit facility is secured by substantially all of the Company’s finance receivables and equity
interests of substantially all of its subsidiaries.
The Company’s mezzanine debt was repaid in full from the proceeds of the Company’s initial public offering,
which closed on April 2, 2012. The mezzanine debt was a $25,814 loan from one of the Company’s sponsors and
three individual owners maturing October 25, 2013, secured by a junior lien on substantially all of the Company’s
83
finance receivables. The agreement was subordinated to the senior bank debt. The interest rate was 15.25% per
annum, of which 2% was payable in kind at the Company’s option.
The Company has a $1,500 line of credit, which is secured by a mortgage on the Company’s headquarters, with a
commercial bank to facilitate its cash management program. The interest rate is prime plus 0.25% with a
minimum of 5.00% and interest is payable monthly. The line of credit matures January 18, 2015 and there are no
significant restrictive covenants associated with this line of credit.
The one-month LIBOR was 0.25% at December 31, 2013 and 2012, although under the senior revolving credit
facility the minimum LIBOR rate is 1.0%. The prime rate was 3.25% at December 31, 2013 and 2012.
Following is a summary of principal payments required on outstanding debt during each of the next five years:
Year Ending December 31,
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amount
$ —
—
362,750
—
—
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$362,750
Note 11. Sale of Common Stock, Temporary Equity, and Preferred Stock
On April 2, 2012, the Company closed the sale of 3,150,000 shares of its $0.10 par value common stock at
$15.00 per share, before underwriting discounts and offering expenses. The following table summarizes the
results of this transaction included in Common Stock and Additional Paid-in-Capital:
Balance December 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sale of common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Underwriting discount and offering expenses . . .
Reclassification of temporary equity . . . . . . . . . .
Stock option expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$0.10 Par
Value
Common
Shares
9,336,727
3,150,000
—
—
—
Common
Stock
Amount
Additional
Paid-in-
Capital
$ 934
315
—
—
—
$28,150
46,935
(7,469)
12,000
542
Balance December 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12,486,727
$1,249
$80,158
The stockholders agreement between the Company, Regional Holdings LLC, the sponsors, and the individual
owners provided that the individual owners have the right to put their stock back to the Company if an initial
public offering did not occur within five years of the acquisition date, March 21, 2007. The put option was
exercisable for 90 days following March 21, 2012, amended on March 12, 2012 to May 21, 2012. The purchase
price of the stock was the then fair value, and the option was subject to contingencies, principally failure to
complete an initial public offering and approval of the senior lender. The Company valued this put option at the
original purchase price of $12,000. The initial public offering closed on April 2, 2012, and the value of the put
option was reclassified as additional paid-in-capital.
The Company’s articles of incorporation authorize the Company to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock, par value $0.10 per share. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, at
84
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
any time and from time to time, to provide out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock for one or more series of
Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the
designation of such series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series, and the powers, preferences,
and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or
restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series and to cause to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware a certificate of designation with respect thereto. The powers, preferences, and relative, participating,
optional, and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations, or
restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.
Except as otherwise required by law, holders of a series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled only to such voting
rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to such series).
Note 12. Interest Rate Caps
The Company had an interest rate caps with a notional amount of $150,000, a strike rate of 6.0% which expired
unused on March 4, 2014. The following is a summary of changes in the rate caps:
Balance at end of prior year
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fair value adjustment included as an (increase) in interest
2013
2012
$
1
—
$ 28
—
expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(1)
(27)
Balance sheet at December 31, included in other assets . . . . . . . . .
$—
$
1
Note 13. Disclosure About Fair Value of Financial Instruments: The following methods and assumptions
were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate
that value:
Finance receivables: Finance receivables are originated at prevailing market rates. The Company’s finance
receivable portfolio turns approximately 1.4 times per year. The portfolio turnover is calculated by dividing
cash payments and renewals by the average finance receivables. Management believes that the carrying
value approximates the fair value of its finance receivable portfolio.
Repossessed assets: Repossessed assets are valued at the lower of the receivable balance on the finance
receivable prior to repossession or estimated net realizable value. The Company estimates net realizable
value at the projected cash value upon liquidation, less costs to sell the related collateral.
Interest rate caps: The fair value of the interest rate caps is the estimated amount the Company would
receive to terminate the cap agreements at the reporting date, taking into account current interest rates and
the creditworthiness of the counterparty for assets and creditworthiness of the Company for liabilities.
Debt: The Company refinanced its senior revolving credit facility in January 2012, and further amended the
senior revolving credit facility in July 2012, March 2013, May 2013, and November 2013. As a result of the
refinancing, the Company believes that the fair value of this variable rate debt approximates its carrying
value at December 31, 2013. The Company also considered its creditworthiness in its determination of fair
value.
85
The carrying amount and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments summarized by level are
as follows:
December 31, 2013
December 31, 2012
Carrying
Amount
Estimated
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
Estimated
Fair Value
Assets
Level 1 inputs
Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
4,121
1,900
$
4,121
1,900
$
3,298
1,338
$
3,298
1,338
Level 2 inputs
Interest rate caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
1
1
Level 3 inputs
Net finance receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repossessed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
514,595
548
514,595
548
415,858
711
415,858
711
Liabilities
Level 3 inputs
Senior revolving credit facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
362,750
362,750
292,379
292,379
Certain of the Company’s assets carried at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following three
categories:
Level 1 – Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.
In determining the appropriate levels, the Company performs an analysis of the assets and liabilities that are
carried at fair value. At each reporting period, all assets and liabilities for which the fair value measurement is
based on significant unobservable inputs are classified as Level 3. The table below presents the balances of assets
measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the hierarchy:
December 31,
Interest Rate Caps
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$—
1
$—
—
$—
1
$—
—
Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair
value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when
there is evidence of impairment). The following table presents the assets carried on the balance sheet by level
within the hierarchy as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 for which a nonrecurring change in fair value has been
recorded during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:
December 31,
Repossessed Assets
Total
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Losses
2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$548
711 —
$— $— $548
711
—
$492
456
Note 14. Income Taxes
The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Company files consolidated
or separate state income tax returns as permitted by individual states in which it operates.
86
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Income tax expense was $17,460, $14,561, and $12,290 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011,
respectively, which differed from the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% for
the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 to total income before income taxes as a result of the
following:
U. S. federal tax expense at statutory rate . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from:
2013
2012
2011
$16,189
$13,760
$11,666
Small insurance company income exclusion . . . . . . .
State tax, net of federal benefit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
1,112
159
(451)
1,026
226
(511)
883
252
$17,460
$14,561
$12,290
Income tax expense attributable to total income before income taxes consists of the following for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:
Current:
U. S. federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State and local
Deferred:
U. S. federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State and local
2013
2012
2011
$18,297
2,457
20,754
$ 7,467
1,132
$ 7,104
825
8,599
7,929
(2,549)
(745)
(3,294)
5,516
446
5,962
3,828
533
4,361
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$17,460
$14,561
$12,290
Net deferred tax liabilities consist of the following as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:
2013
2012
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unearned insurance commissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred loan fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fair value adjustment on interest rate cap . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$10,769
1,461
3,601
988
12
501
694
$ 8,427
1,278
219
922
84
334
390
Gross deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18,026
11,654
Deferred tax liabilities:
Fair market value adjustment of finance receivables . .
Deferred loan costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax over book depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16,753
2,226
1,182
510
8
20,679
14,221
1,790
1,002
402
186
17,601
Net deferred tax (liabilities) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ (2,653)
$ (5,947)
At December 31, 2013, the Company did not have any material uncertain tax positions.
87
Note 15. Earnings Per Share
The following schedule reconciles the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:
Net Income
2013
Shares
Per Share
Basic earnings per share
Income available to common stockholders . . . .
$28,794
12,572,298
$2.29
Effect of dilutive securities
Options to purchase common stock . . . . . . . . . .
—
321,395
—
Diluted earnings per share
Income available to common stockholders plus
assumed exercise of options to purchase
common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$28,794
12,893,693
$2.23
Options to purchase 26,500 shares of common stock at $33.93 per share were outstanding during the year ended
December 31, 2013, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because they were
anti-dilutive.
Net Income
2012
Shares
Per Share
Basic earnings per share
Income available to common stockholders . . . .
$24,752
11,694,924
$2.12
Effect of dilutive securities
Options to purchase common stock . . . . . . . . . .
—
285,824
—
Diluted earnings per share
Income available to common stockholders plus
assumed exercise of options to purchase
common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$24,752
11,980,748
$2.07
Options to purchase 310,000 shares of common stock at $15.00 per share were outstanding during the year ended
December 31, 2012, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because they were
anti-dilutive.
Net Income
2011
Shares
Per Share
Basic earnings per share
Income available to common stockholders . . . . .
$21,040
9,336,727
$2.25
Effect of dilutive securities
Options to purchase common stock . . . . . . . . . . .
—
284,240
—
Diluted earnings per share
Income available to common stockholders plus
assumed exercise of options to purchase
common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$21,040
9,620,967
$2.19
88
Note 16. Related Party Transactions
Prior to the initial public offering in March 2012, the Company was majority owned by two sponsors and its
former founding stockholders. The Company had consulting agreements with three of its individual owners that
ended after the closing of the Company’s initial public offering in April 2012. Following is a summary of
transactions during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 with the sponsors and the individual owners
who retain an interest in the Company.
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
2012:
Interest paid on mezzanine debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financing fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consulting/Advisory fees expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2011:
Interest paid on mezzanine debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consulting/Advisory fees expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Individual
Owners
Sponsors
$195
3
563
$772
450
$ 812
12
888
$3,491
525
Note 17. Employee Benefit Plans
Retirement savings plan: The Company has a defined contribution employee benefit plan
(401(k) plan) covering full-time employees who have at least one year of service. The Company made a
matching contribution equal to 100 percent of the first three percent of an employee’s gross income and 50
percent of the next two percent of gross income in 2013, 2012, and 2011. In 2011, the Company adopted a safe-
harbor plan and as such the matching contribution is not discretionary. For the years ended December 31, 2013,
2012, and 2011, the Company recorded expense for the Company’s match of $416, $367, and $271, respectively.
Health insurance plan: Prior to May 1, 2011, the Company had a self-insured health plan available to all full-
time salaried employees after one month of service. At the beginning of each plan year, the Company estimated
the total cost of health insurance for the forthcoming year, allocated a portion of the cost to plan participants, and
paid the balance of the cost. The Company had insurance to protect against claims in excess individual and
aggregate amounts. Effective May 1, 2011, the Company adopted a fully insured health insurance plan where the
per-employee cost is fixed for the plan year. Employees pay a portion of the cost and the Company pays the
balance. The Company’s expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $2,724, $1,907,
and $1,432, respectively.
The Company offers a minimum essential coverage insurance plan for newly hired hourly employees and hourly
employees not then participating in the health plan discussed above. A portion of the premium is paid by the
employee and the balance by the Company. The insurance company bears all risk of loss on this policy.
Annual incentive plan: The Company maintains an annual incentive plan for executive officers and other
management team members. The plan establishes 5 performance metrics with specific weighting factors.
Amounts paid under the annual incentive plan and charged to operating expenses were $597, $545, and $660 for
the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. These annual incentive plan payments are
subject to approval by the compensation committee.
Stock compensation plans: The Company has the 2007 Management Incentive Plan (the “2007 Stock Plan”)
and the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2011 Stock Plan”). Under these plans, 1,987,412 shares of authorized
common stock have been reserved for issuance pursuant to grants approved by the Company’s Board of
Directors (the “Board”). All grants are made at 100% of the fair value at the date of grant. Options granted under
the 2007 Stock Plan vest at 20% at the date of grant and 20% on the anniversary date of the grant each year
thereafter for four years. Options granted under the 2011 Stock Plan vest at 20% on the anniversary date of the
grant each year for five years. In addition, these options vest and become exercisable in full under certain
circumstances following the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Option Award Agreements).
89
Participants who are awarded options must exercise their options within a maximum of ten years of the grant. As
of December 31, 2013, there were 498,128 and 447,790 shares available for grant under the 2011 Stock Plan and
2007 Stock Plan, respectively. However, the Company no longer intends to grant awards under the 2007 Stock
Plan.
The Company recognizes compensation expense in the financial statements for all stock-based payments based
upon the fair value.
The fair value of option grants are estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with
the following assumptions for option grants during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. No
stock options were granted in 2011.
Expected volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected term (in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk-free rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vesting period (in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2013
2012
47.74% 48.49%
0.00% 0.00%
10.00
2.03% 2.20%
10.00
5
5
Expected volatility is based on the historic volatility of a publicly traded company in the same industry. The risk
free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield at the date the Board approved the option awards for the
period (nine to ten years) over which options are exercisable.
For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company recorded stock-based compensation
expense in the amount of $702, $542, and $191, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, unrecognized stock-
based compensation expense to be recognized over future periods approximated $2,950. This amount will be
recognized as expense over a period of 3.8 years. The total income tax benefit recognized in the income
statement for the stock-based compensation arrangements was $258, $211, and $74 for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.
A summary of the status of the Company’s stock option plans are presented below (shares in thousands):
Options outstanding at January 1, 2013 . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options outstanding at December 31, 2013 . . . . . . .
Options exercisable at December 31, 2013 . . . . . . .
Available for grant at December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . .
Weighted
Average
Price
Per Share
$ 8.66
20.33
6.25
15.00
$10.70
$ 6.53
Number of
Shares
887
127
(140)
(8)
866
519
946
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
5.6
3.6
$20,118
$14,234
At December 31, 2013, the options have a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 5.6 years.
The intrinsic value was calculated by applying the Company’s own market value for December 31, 2013. The
total intrinsic values of options exercised were $2,448 for December 31, 2013. No options were exercised during
2012.
90
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Information on the activity of non-vested options for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively,
follows (shares in thousands):
Non-vested options, beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-vested options, end of the year
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2013
2012
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
$15.00
20.33
15.00
15.00
$16.95
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
$ 5.46
15.00
7.54
15.00
$15.00
Shares
45
310
(57)
(13)
285
Shares
285
127
(57)
(8)
347
In October 2013, the Board revised its standard compensation arrangement for its non-employee directors.
Effective for annual service years beginning in 2014, the Company will award its non-employee directors a cash
retainer and shares of restricted common stock totaling approximately $1,200 in the aggregate. The restricted
stock awards will occur five days following the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders and will be fully
vested upon the earlier of the first anniversary of the grant date or the completion of the directors’ annual service
to the Company. Also, due to the fact that the Company had not yet acted to award its non-employee directors
equity compensation for annual service commencing in 2013, the Company awarded each of its non-employee
directors 4,484 shares of its common stock, effective October 28, 2013. For the purpose of satisfying income tax
obligations, each director was entitled, at his election, to forego up to 40% of the 4,484 shares subject to his
award in order to receive a cash payment equivalent to the value of the foregone shares. The awards, which were
made pursuant to the terms of the 2011 Stock Plan, were fully vested at the time of the grant and the Company
incurred $1,200 of incremental director compensation expense for 2013.
Employment agreements: The Company has employment contracts or letter agreements with four members of
senior management. These contracts and agreements stipulate the payment of salary, bonus, perquisites, and
stock option awards to the affected individuals.
Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies
The Company is a defendant in various pending or threatened lawsuits. These matters are subject to various legal
proceedings in the ordinary course of business. Each of these matters is subject to various uncertainties and some
of them may have an unfavorable outcome to the Company. The Company has established accruals for the
matters that are probable and reasonably estimable. The Company is not party to any legal proceedings that
management believes would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Note 19. Restricted Assets
RMC Reinsurance, Ltd. is a wholly-owned insurance subsidiary of the Company. The Company sells optional
insurance products to its customers in connection with its lending operations. These optional products include
credit life, credit accident and health, property insurance, and involuntary unemployment insurance. The
Company also collects a fee for collateral protection and purchases non-file insurance in lieu of recording and
perfecting the Company’s security interest in the assets pledged on certain loans. Insurance premiums are
remitted to an unaffiliated company that issues the policy to the customer. This unaffiliated company cedes the
premiums to the Company’s wholly-owned insurance subsidiary, RMC Reinsurance, Ltd. Life insurance
premiums are ceded to the Company as written and non-life products are ceded as earned. The premiums and
commissions received by the Company are deferred and amortized to income over the life of the insurance policy
using the constant yield method.
91
The Company maintains a cash reserve for life insurance claims in an amount determined by the ceding company.
The cash reserve secures a letter of credit issued by a commercial bank in favor of the ceding company. The ceding
company maintains the reserves for non-life claims.
Reinsurance is accounted for over the terms of the underlying reinsured policies using assumptions consistent
with those used to account for the policies. Following are total net premiums written and reinsured and total
earned premiums for the years-ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:
Year Ending December 31,
Net Written
Premiums
Earned
Premiums
2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$17,260
15,718
14,220
$16,057
14,473
13,115
RMC Reinsurance, Ltd. is required to maintain cash reserves for a letter of credit against life insurance policies
ceded to it, as determined by the ceding company. In April 2013, the letter of credit was increased to $1,900 in
favor of the ceding company. The letter of credit is secured by a cash deposit of $1,900. The cash securing the
letter of credit is presented as restricted cash in the other asset category in the accompanying balance sheets,
which totaled $1,900 and $1,338 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
In 2009, the Company began a collateral protection collision insurance (“CPI”) program in one state and in a
second state in 2011. CPI is added to a loan when a customer fails to provide the Company proof of collision
insurance on an automobile securing a loan. The CPI program is administered by an independent third party,
which tracks insurance lapses and cancellations and issues a policy when the customer does not provide proof of
insurance. The insurance is added to the loan and increases the customers’ monthly loan payment. The third party
and its insurance partner retain a percentage of the premium and pay all claims. The Company earns
commissions for selling the insurance and will earn additional commissions if losses are less than estimated by
the independent third party. Income is recognized on the constant yield method over the life of the insurance
policy, which is generally one year.
Guaranteed Auto Protection: The Company offers a self-insured Guaranteed Auto Protection (“GAP”) to customers
in North Carolina and Alabama. A GAP program is a contractual arrangement whereby the Company forgives the
insured customer’s automobile purchase loan if the automobile is determined to be a total loss by the primary insurance
carrier and insurance proceeds are not sufficient to pay off the customer’s loan. The Company recognized $270, $251,
and $376 of GAP revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. This revenue is
recognized over the life of the loan. Losses are recognized in the period in which they occur.
Note 20. Business Combination
The following table sets forth the business combination activity for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:
Branches purchased . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Branches merged into existing offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net new offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tangible assets:
Net finance receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible assets:
Customer list
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2013
2012
—
2
2
$211
11
—
—
353
23
4
19
$25,334
161
408
2,485
—
Total purchase price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$575
$28,388
92
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
The Company evaluates each acquisition to determine if it meets the definition of a business combination. The
Company accounts for a transaction as a business combination if it meets the definition, which typically occurs
when it assumes the lease, retains the location as a new branch, and offers employment to the existing
employees. All other transactions are accounted for as a purchase of assets.
For transactions accounted for as a business combination, the purchase price for assets acquired is allocated to
the estimated fair value of the tangible and intangible assets acquired. The remainder is allocated to goodwill.
The Company records acquired finance receivables at fair value, which is determined using discounted cash flow
methodologies. Property and equipment are valued at the mutually agreed upon purchase price, which
management believes approximates fair value.
On April 5, 2013, the Company purchased the assets of two branches in a business combination with a consumer loan
company in the state of Georgia for a cash purchase price of $575. The Company offered employment to the existing
employees of such locations. This acquisition was completed in order to expand the Company’s operations in the state
of Georgia. On January 20, 2012, the Company purchased the assets of two affiliated consumer loan companies in a
business combination for a cash purchase price of $28,388. The Company offered employment to the existing
employees of these companies. This acquisition was completed in order to expand the Company’s operations in the
state of Alabama.
The results of all business combinations have been included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements
since the respective acquisition dates. The pro forma impact of these purchases as though they had been acquired
at the beginning of the periods presented would not have a material effect on the results of operations as reported.
Note 21: Quarterly Information (unaudited)
The Company has made immaterial corrections to its previously filed financial statements included in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K to reflect the corrections in the proper period (see Note 2). The following tables
summarize the Company’s revised quarterly financial information for each of the four quarters of 2013 and 2012:
2013
First
Second
Third
Fourth
Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$38,600
8,071
16,686
3,081
3,998
$ 6,764
$39,182
8,405
17,339
3,241
3,793
$ 6,404
$44,305
11,078
17,534
3,913
4,539
$ 7,241
$48,542
11,638
19,480
3,909
5,130
$ 8,385
Net income per common share:
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
$
0.54
0.53
$
$
0.51
0.50
$
$
0.58
0.56
$
$
0.66
0.65
2012
First
Second
Third
Fourth
Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consulting and advisory fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$31,527
5,627
12,861
1,451
3,540
3,024
$ 5,024
$31,908
5,908
13,326
—
2,341
3,882
$ 6,451
$35,372
7,384
14,372
—
2,705
4,103
$ 6,808
$36,890
8,846
14,999
—
3,024
3,552
$ 6,469
Net income per common share:
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
$
0.54
0.52
$
$
0.52
0.51
$
$
0.55
0.53
$
$
0.52
0.51
93
Note 22: Subsequent Events
The Company has evaluated events subsequent to December 31, 2013, to assess the need for potential
recognition or disclosure in the financial statements. Such events were evaluated through the date the financial
statements were issued.
The Company modernized its Paid Time Off (“PTO”) policy effective February 1, 2014. The new policy terms
are more consistent with industry practices and aligned with the goals of the Company. The policy change had
accounting implications. Under the legacy policy, employees earned PTO in one year and then were able to use
the PTO in the following year. That type of policy created a PTO liability under compensated absences
accounting literature. Under the new policy, PTO is earned and used in the same calendar year, eliminating a
PTO liability at the end of each year, with the exception of carry over PTO granted in extenuating circumstances.
In the transition to the new policy, employees were given the opportunity to forfeit earned and unused PTO days
under the legacy policy in exchange for additional PTO days and other benefits under the new policy. As a result,
effective January 31, 2014, based upon employee elections in January 2014, the PTO liability for certain
employees was eliminated, and beginning February 1, 2014, such employees began accruing PTO under the new
policy. The effect of the policy change was reflected in the period the change was implemented. Thus, in the first
quarter of 2014, this change in policy resulted in a liability reversal of approximately $1,000.
94
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
Not applicable.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated
the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2013. The term “disclosure
controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to
ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the
Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the
Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without
limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in
the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s
management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely
decisions regarding required disclosure.
Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2013, our chief
executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and
procedures were effective. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well
designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives, and management
necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management of the Company is responsible for the preparation, integrity, accuracy, and fair presentation of
the Consolidated Financial Statements appearing in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2013. The financial statements were prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States (“GAAP”) and include amounts based on judgments and estimates by
management.
Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal
control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP. Our internal
control over financial reporting is supported by internal audits, appropriate reviews by management, policies and
guidelines, careful selection and training of qualified personnel, and codes of ethics adopted by our Company’s
Board of Directors that are applicable to all directors, officers, and employees of our Company.
Because of its inherent limitations, no matter how well designed, internal control over financial reporting
may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Internal controls can only provide reasonable assurance with respect
to financial statement preparation and presentation. Further, the evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting was made as of a specific date, and continued effectiveness in future periods is subject to
the risks that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of
compliance with the policies and procedures may decline.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, with the
participation of the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as of December 31, 2013. In
95
conducting this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control – Integrated Framework. Based on our
assessment, management believes that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2013.
As an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, we are exempt from the
auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. As a result, McGladrey LLP,
our independent registered public accounting firm, has not audited or issued an attestation report with respect to
the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013.
Changes in Internal Control
During 2013, the Company completed the implementation of internal controls over financial reporting as
required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In connection with its internal control implementation work in
2013, the Company discovered that non-income based franchise taxes in certain states were not properly
expensed when incurred. In addition, in 2014, the Company discovered that its accrual calculation for
compensated absences was inconsistent with the compensated absences policy and that the Company was not
appropriately deferring and recognizing certain insurance premiums over the period of risk of loss. The
Company, in consultation with its advisors, has determined that the Company’s incorrect recording of franchise
tax expense, compensated absence expense, and insurance premium revenue are, individually and in the
aggregate, “significant deficiencies” (as defined under standards established by the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants). Management has identified and has implemented the necessary corrections to its
accounting and internal control structure to fully remediate the significant deficiencies and has certified in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as
of December 31, 2013.
Other than as described above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting
identified in management’s evaluation pursuant to Rules 13a-15(d) or 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act during the
period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.
Not applicable.
96
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
The information required under this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information presented
under the headings “Proposal One: Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance Matters,” “Section 16(a)
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” and “Compensation and Other Information Concerning Our
Executive Officers and Directors” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A,
which proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after
the close of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.
Our Board has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code of Ethics”) and reviews it at least
annually. The Code of Ethics applies to all of our directors, officers, and employees and is posted on the
Company’s Investor Relations website under the “Corporate Governance” tab at www.regionalmanagement.com.
A stockholder may request a copy of the Code of Ethics by contacting our Corporate Secretary at 509 West
Butler Road, Greenville, South Carolina 29607. To the extent permissible under applicable law, the rules of the
SEC, and NYSE listing standards, we intend to disclose on our website any amendment to our Code of Ethics, or
any grant of a waiver from a provision of our Code of Ethics, that requires disclosure under applicable law, the
rules of the SEC, or NYSE listing standards.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
The information required under this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information presented
under the headings “Corporate Governance Matters” and “Compensation and Other Information Concerning Our
Executive Officers and Directors” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A,
which proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after
the close of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
The information required under this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information presented
under the headings “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Compensation
and Other Information Concerning Our Executive Officers and Directors” in the Company’s definitive proxy
statement pursuant to Regulation 14A, which proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission not later than 120 days after the close of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE.
The information required under this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information presented
under the headings “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” and “Corporate Governance
Matters” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A, which proxy statement will
be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the close of the Company’s
fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.
The information required under this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information presented
under the heading “Proposal Two: Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the
Company’s definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A, which proxy statement will be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the close of the Company’s fiscal year ended
December 31, 2013.
97
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:
(1) Financial Statements:
(i) Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(ii) Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012
(iii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, December 31,
2012, and December 31, 2011
(iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31,
2013, December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011
(v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31,
2013, December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011
(vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(2) Financial Statement Schedules: None. Financial statement schedules have been omitted since the
required information is included in our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(3) Exhibits: The exhibits listed in the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed as a part of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.
(b) Exhibits: The exhibits listed in the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed as a part of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.
(c) Separate Financial Statements and Schedules: None. Financial statement schedules have been omitted
since the required information is included in our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
98
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant
has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
Date: March 17, 2014
Regional Management Corp.
/s/ Thomas F. Fortin
By: Thomas F. Fortin
Its: Chief Executive Officer
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below
constitutes and appoints Thomas F. Fortin and Donald E. Thomas, and each of them, jointly and severally, as true
and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and re-substitution for him and in his
name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form
10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full
power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully
to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all which said
attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by
the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 17, 2014.
/s/ Thomas F. Fortin
Name: Thomas F. Fortin
Title:
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(principal executive officer)
/s/ Donald E. Thomas
Name: Donald E. Thomas
Title:
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)
/s/ David Perez
/s/ Roel C. Campos
Name: David Perez
Title:
Chairman of the Board of Directors
Name: Roel C. Campos
Title:
Director
/s/ Richard T. Dell’Aquila
Name: Richard T. Dell’Aquila
Title:
Director
/s/ Richard A. Godley
Name: Richard A. Godley
Title:
Director
/s/ Alvaro G. de Molina
Name: Alvaro G. de Molina
Title:
Director
99
/s/ Carlos Palomares
/s/ Erik A. Scott
Name: Carlos Palomares
Title:
Director
Name: Erik A. Scott
Title:
Director
100
Exhibit
Number
3.1
3.2
10.1
10.2.1
10.2.2
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit Description
Filed
Herewith
Form
File
Number
Exhibit
Filing
Date
Incorporated by Reference
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
8-K
001-35477
3.1
4/2/2012
8-K
001-35477
3.2
4/2/2012
8-K
001-35477
10.1
4/2/2012
S-1/A 333-174245
10.2
3/2/2012
8-K
001-35477
10.1
8/1/2012
Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of Regional Management
Corp.
Amended and Restated Bylaws of
Regional Management Corp.
Amended and Restated Shareholders
Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2012,
among Regional Management Corp.,
Parallel 2005 Equity Fund, LP, Palladium
Equity Partners III, L.P., and the other
stockholders party thereto
Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and
Security Agreement, dated as of
January 18, 2012, among the lenders
named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as
the agent, and Regional Management
Corp., Regional Finance Corporation of
South Carolina, Regional Finance
Corporation of Georgia, Regional Finance
Corporation of Texas, Regional Finance
Corporation of North Carolina, Regional
Finance Corporation of Alabama, and
Regional Finance Corporation of
Tennessee, as borrowers
Extension, Joinder and First Amendment
to Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and
Security Agreement, dated as of July 31,
2012, among the lenders named therein,
Bank of America, N.A., as the agent, and
Regional Management Corp., Regional
Finance Corporation of South Carolina,
Regional Finance Corporation of Georgia,
Regional Finance Corporation of Texas,
Regional Finance Corporation of North
Carolina, Regional Finance Corporation of
Alabama, Regional Finance Corporation
of Tennessee, Regional Finance Company
of New Mexico, LLC, Regional Finance
Company of Oklahoma, LLC, and
Regional Finance Company of Missouri,
LLC, as borrowers
101
8-K
001-35477
10.1
4/4/2013
8-K
001-35477
10.1
5/14/2013
10.2.3
10.2.4
Joinder and Second Amendment to the
Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and
Security Agreement, dated as of March 29,
2013, by and among the lenders named
therein, Bank of America, N.A., as the
agent, and Regional Management Corp.,
Regional Finance Corporation of South
Carolina, Regional Finance Corporation of
Georgia, Regional Finance Corporation of
Texas, Regional Finance Corporation of
North Carolina, Regional Finance
Corporation of Alabama, Regional
Finance Corporation of Tennessee,
Regional Finance Company of New
Mexico, LLC, Regional Finance Company
of Oklahoma, LLC, Regional Finance
Company of Missouri, LLC, Regional
Finance Company of Georgia, LLC, RMC
Financial Services of Florida, LLC,
Regional Finance Company of Louisiana,
LLC, and Regional Finance Company of
Mississippi, LLC, as borrowers.
Joinder, Extension and Third Amendment
to the Fourth Amended and Restated Loan
and Security Agreement, dated as of
May 13, 2013, by and among the lenders
named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as
the agent, and Regional Management
Corp., Regional Finance Corporation of
South Carolina, Regional Finance
Corporation of Georgia, Regional Finance
Corporation of Texas, Regional Finance
Corporation of North Carolina, Regional
Finance Corporation of Alabama,
Regional Finance Corporation of
Tennessee, Regional Finance Company of
New Mexico, LLC, Regional Finance
Company of Oklahoma, LLC, Regional
Finance Company of Missouri, LLC,
Regional Finance Company of Georgia,
LLC, RMC Financial Services of Florida,
LLC, Regional Finance Company of
Louisiana, LLC, Regional Finance
Company of Mississippi, LLC, Regional
Finance Company of Kentucky, LLC, and
Regional Finance Company of Virginia,
LLC as borrowers.
102
8-K
001-35477
10.1
11/18/2013
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
S-1/A 333-174245
10.4
6/23/2011
S-1/A 333-174245
10.5
8/4/2011
S-1/A 333-174245
10.6
8/4/2011
S-1/A 333-174245
10.11
6/23/2011
10.2.5
10.3†
10.4.1†
10.4.2†
10.4.3†
10.5†
10.6†
10.7.1†
Fourth Amendment to the Fourth
Amended and Restated Loan and Security
Agreement, dated as of November 13,
2013, by and among the lenders named
therein, Bank of America, N.A., as the
agent, and Regional Management Corp.,
Regional Finance Corporation of South
Carolina, Regional Finance Corporation of
Georgia, Regional Finance Corporation of
Texas, Regional Finance Corporation of
North Carolina, Regional Finance
Corporation of Alabama, Regional
Finance Corporation of Tennessee,
Regional Finance Company of New
Mexico, LLC, Regional Finance Company
of Oklahoma, LLC, Regional Finance
Company of Missouri, LLC, Regional
Finance Company of Georgia, LLC, RMC
Financial Services of Florida, LLC,
Regional Finance Company of Louisiana,
LLC, Regional Finance Company of
Mississippi, LLC, Regional Finance
Company of Kentucky, LLC, and Regional
Finance Company of Virginia, LLC as
borrowers.
Regional Management Corp. 2007
Management Incentive Plan
Regional Management Corp. 2011 Stock
Incentive Plan and Forms of Nonqualified
Stock Option Agreement
Form of Stock Award Agreement under
the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan
Form of Restricted Stock Award
Agreement under the 2011 Stock Incentive
Plan
Regional Management Corp. Annual
Incentive Plan
Description of Non-Employee Director
Compensation Program
Employment Agreement, dated as of
March 21, 2007, between C. Glynn
Quattlebaum and Regional Management
Corp.; First Amendment, dated as of
July 18, 2008; Second Amendment, dated
effective as of January 1, 2009; Third
Amendment, dated as of April 13, 2010;
and Fourth Amendment, dated as of
May 17, 2011
103
X
X
X
S-1/A 333-174245
10.14
3/12/2012
10-K 001-35477
10.7.3
3/18/13
8-K
001-35477
10.1
3/21/2013
8-K
001-35477
10.1
12/18/2012
10-K 001-35477
10.11
3/18/13
S-1/A 333-174245
10.10
6/23/2011
S-1/A 333-174245
10.8
6/23/2011
8-K
001-35477
10.1
10/30/2013
10.7.2†
10.7.3†#
10.8†
10.9†
10.10†
10.11†
10.12†
10.13#
21.1
23.1
31.1
31.2
Amendment 1 to Employment Agreement,
dated as of March 8, 2012, between
Regional Management Corp. and C. Glynn
Quattlebaum
Fifth Amendment to Employment
Agreement, dated October 8, 2012,
between Regional Management Corp. and
C. Glynn Quattlebaum
Employment Agreement, dated March 18,
2013, between Thomas F. Fortin and
Regional Management Corp.
Letter agreement, dated as of
December 12, 2012, between Regional
Management Corp. and Donald E. Thomas
Letter agreement, dated as of
December 12, 2012, between Regional
Management Corp. and Brian J. Fisher
Option Award Agreement, dated as of
October 11, 2007, between Regional
Management Corp. and C. Glynn
Quattlebaum
Option Award Agreement, dated as of
February 26, 2008, between Regional
Management Corp. and Thomas F. Fortin
On-Line Computer Service Agreement,
dated October 25, 2013, by and between
DHI Computing Service, Inc. d/b/a
GOLDPoint Systems and Regional
Management Corp.
Subsidiaries of Regional Management
Corp.
Consent of McGladrey LLP
Rule 13a-14(a) / 15(d)-14(a) Certification
of Principal Executive Officer
Rule 13a-14(a) / 15(d)-14(a) Certification
of Principal Financial Officer
32.1
Section 1350 Certifications
X
X
X
X
X
104
F
o
r
m
1
0
-
K
101+
X
The following materials from our Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2013, formatted in XBRL
(eXtensible Business Reporting
Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance
Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and
December 31, 2012, (ii) the Consolidated
Statements of Income for the years ended
December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012,
and December 31, 2011, (iii) the
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’
Equity for the years ended December 31,
2013, December 31, 2012, and
December 31, 2011, (iv) the Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows for the years
ended December 31, 2013, December 31,
2012, and December 31, 2011, and (v) the
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements, tagged as blocks of text
†
#
+
Indicates a management contract or a compensatory plan, contract, or arrangement.
Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange
Commission as part of an application for confidential treatment pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended.
The XBRL-related information has been furnished electronically herewith. This exhibit, regardless of
whether it is an exhibit to a document incorporated by reference into any of our filings and except to the
extent specifically stated otherwise, is deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for
purposes of sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of
section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability
under these sections.
105
Dear Stockholders:
March 18, 2014
You are cordially invited to attend the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Annual Meeting”) of
Regional Management Corp. (“Regional” or the “Company”), which will be held on Wednesday, April 23, 2014,
at 8:00 a.m. local time, at the Hyatt Regency Greenville, 220 N. Main Street, Greenville, SC 29601.
During the Annual Meeting, we will discuss each item of business described in the Notice of Annual
Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement, which we will begin mailing to stockholders on or about
March 21, 2014. At the Annual Meeting, stockholders will be asked to elect five nominees for director to serve
until the next annual meeting of stockholders and to ratify the appointment of McGladrey LLP as the Company’s
independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014. The Company’s
Board of Directors unanimously recommends that you vote FOR the election of the director nominees and FOR
the ratification of the appointment of McGladrey LLP as the Company’s independent registered public
accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014.
Your vote is important to us. If you do not intend to be present at the Annual Meeting, we ask that
you vote your shares by signing, dating, and returning the accompanying proxy card promptly so that
your shares of common stock may be represented and voted at the Annual Meeting. Additional
instructions regarding the different voting options that we provide are contained on the accompanying
proxy card. It is important that your shares of common stock be represented at the Annual Meeting so that a
quorum may be established. Even if you plan to attend the Annual Meeting in person, please read the proxy
materials carefully, and then vote your shares by signing, dating, and returning the accompanying proxy card. If
you attend the Annual Meeting, you may revoke your proxy and vote your shares in person.
We make available free of charge at our Investor Relations website, www.regionalmanagement.com, a
variety of information for investors. Our goal is to maintain the Investor Relations website as a portal through
which investors can easily find or navigate to pertinent information about us.
On behalf of the Board of Directors of the Company, thank you for your continued support and ownership
of Regional Management Corp. common stock.
Sincerely,
Thomas F. Fortin
Chief Executive Officer, Director
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
REGIONAL MANAGEMENT CORP.
509 West Butler Road
Greenville, South Carolina 29607
(864) 422-8011
NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
To Be Held on April 23, 2014
To the Stockholders of Regional Management Corp.:
We hereby give notice that the Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Annual Meeting”) of Regional
Management Corp. (“Regional” or the “Company”) will be held on Wednesday, April 23, 2014, at 8:00 a.m.
local time, at the Hyatt Regency Greenville, 220 N. Main Street, Greenville, SC 29601, for the following
purposes:
(1) To elect the five nominees named in the accompanying Proxy Statement to serve as members of our
Board of Directors until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors are elected
and qualified;
(2) To ratify the appointment of McGladrey LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for
the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014; and
(3) To transact such other business as may properly come before the Annual Meeting or any adjournments
thereof.
Only stockholders whose names appear of record on our books at the close of business on March 14, 2014,
will be entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting or at any adjournments thereof.
You are cordially invited to attend the Annual Meeting. Your vote is important. Whether or not you plan to
attend the Annual Meeting in person, you are urged to cast your vote promptly. If you attend the Annual
Meeting, you may revoke your proxy and vote your shares in person. For specific instructions regarding how to
vote, please see the accompanying proxy materials.
By Order of the Board of Directors
Brian J. Fisher
Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary
Greenville, South Carolina
March 18, 2014
IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE
STOCKHOLDER MEETING TO BE HELD ON APRIL 23, 2014: THE PROXY STATEMENT AND
THE COMPANY’S ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K ARE AVAILABLE AT
https://materials.proxyvote.com/75902K.
WHETHER OR NOT YOU EXPECT TO ATTEND THE ANNUAL MEETING, PLEASE
COMPLETE, DATE, AND SIGN THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD, AND MAIL IT PROMPTLY IN
THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE IN ORDER TO ASSURE REPRESENTATION OF YOUR SHARES.
NO POSTAGE NEED BE AFFIXED IF THE PROXY CARD IS MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.
IN ACCORDANCE WITH OUR SECURITY PROCEDURES, ALL PERSONS ATTENDING THE
ANNUAL MEETING WILL BE REQUIRED TO PRESENT PICTURE IDENTIFICATION.
REGIONAL MANAGEMENT CORP.
PROXY STATEMENT ON SCHEDULE 14A
2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
TABLE OF CONTENTS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proposal One: Election of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proposal Two: Ratification of the Appointment of Our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm . .
Other Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate Governance Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audit Committee Report
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stockholder Communications with the Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Householding of Annual Meeting Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proposals by Stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compensation and Other Information Concerning Our Executive Officers and Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
1
3
6
7
7
14
16
16
16
17
36
38
38
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
REGIONAL MANAGEMENT CORP.
509 West Butler Road
Greenville, South Carolina 29607
(864) 422-8011
PROXY STATEMENT
For the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to Be Held on April 23, 2014
Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials
for the Stockholder Meeting to Be Held on April 23, 2014:
The Notice of Annual Meeting of Stockholders, Proxy Statement, and Annual Report
on Form 10-K are available at https://materials.proxyvote.com/75902K and on the Investor Relations
website of Regional Management Corp. at www.regionalmanagement.com.
GENERAL
March 18, 2014
This proxy statement (the “Proxy Statement”) and the accompanying proxy card are first being sent on or
about March 21, 2014, to the stockholders of Regional Management Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Regional,”
the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our”), in connection with the solicitation of proxies by our Board of Directors
(the “Board”) for use at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Annual Meeting”) to be held on April 23,
2014, at the Hyatt Regency Greenville, 220 N. Main Street, Greenville, SC 29601, at 8:00 a.m. local time and
any postponement or adjournment thereof. An Annual Report on Form 10-K, containing financial statements for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, is being mailed together with this Proxy Statement to all stockholders
entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting.
The accompanying proxy card is solicited by mail by and on behalf of the Company’s Board, and the cost of
soliciting proxies will be borne by the Company. In addition to use of the mails, proxies may be solicited in
person, by telephone, or via the Internet by the Company’s directors and officers who will not receive additional
compensation for such services. The Company will request banks, brokerage houses, and other institutions,
nominees, and fiduciaries to forward the soliciting material to beneficial owners and to obtain authorization for
the execution of proxies. The Company will, upon request, reimburse these parties for their reasonable expenses
in forwarding proxy materials to our beneficial owners.
The accompanying proxy card is for use at the Annual Meeting if a stockholder either will be unable to
attend in person or will attend but wishes to vote by proxy in advance of the Annual Meeting. Instructions as to
how you may cast your vote by proxy are found on the accompany proxy card. The purposes of the Annual
Meeting are (i) to elect the five nominees named in the Proxy Statement to serve as members of the Board until
the next annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors are elected and qualified; (ii) to ratify the
appointment of McGladrey LLP as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal
year ending December 31, 2014; and (iii) to transact such other business as may properly come before the Annual
Meeting or any adjournments thereof.
1
Voting Rights and Procedures
Only stockholders of record at the close of business on March 14, 2014 (the “Record Date”), will be entitled
to receive notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting. As of the Record Date, 12,652,197 shares of common
stock, $0.10 par value per share, of the Company were issued and outstanding. The holders of common stock are
entitled to one vote per share on any proposal presented at the Annual Meeting.
Stockholders may vote in person or by proxy. If you attend the Annual Meeting, you may vote in person
even if you have previously returned your proxy card. Any proxy given pursuant to this solicitation may be
revoked by the person giving it at any time before it is voted. Proxies may be revoked by (i) filing with the
Corporate Secretary of the Company, before the taking of the vote at the Annual Meeting, a written notice of
revocation bearing a later date than the proxy, (ii) duly completing a later-dated proxy card relating to the same
shares and delivering it to the Corporate Secretary of the Company before the taking of the vote at the Annual
Meeting, or (iii) attending the Annual Meeting and voting in person (although attendance at the Annual Meeting
will not in and of itself constitute a revocation of a proxy). Any written notice of revocation or subsequent proxy
should be sent so as to be delivered to Regional Management Corp., 509 West Butler Road, Greenville, SC
29607, Attention: Corporate Secretary, before the taking of the vote at the Annual Meeting.
Withheld Votes, Broker Non-Votes, Abstentions, and Quorum
Brokers that are members of certain securities exchanges and that hold shares of the Company’s common
stock in “street name” on behalf of beneficial owners have authority to vote on certain items when they have not
received instructions from beneficial owners. Under the New York Stock Exchange rules and regulations
governing such brokers, the proposal to ratify the appointment of McGladrey LLP as the Company’s independent
registered public accounting firm is considered a “discretionary” item. This means that brokers may vote in their
discretion on this proposal on behalf of beneficial owners who have not furnished voting instructions. In contrast,
certain items are considered “non-discretionary,” and a “broker non-vote” occurs when a broker or other nominee
holding shares for a beneficial owner votes on one proposal but does not vote on another proposal because, with
respect to such other proposal, the nominee does not have discretionary voting power and has not received
instructions from the beneficial owner. Proposal One, regarding the election of directors, is considered “non-
discretionary” and, therefore, for this proposal brokers cannot vote your uninstructed shares when they do not
receive voting instructions from you.
On March 14, 2014, there were 12,652,197 shares of common stock, $0.10 par value per share, of the
Company issued and outstanding, with each share entitled to one vote. The representation in person or by proxy
of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting is
necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Votes withheld from any nominee, abstentions,
and “broker non-votes” are counted as present or represented for purposes of determining the presence or
absence of a quorum for the Annual Meeting.
Votes Required to Approve Each Proposal
For Proposal One, the election of the five nominees named in the Proxy Statement to serve as members of
the Board until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors are elected and qualified, the
five nominees receiving the highest number of affirmative votes of the shares present or represented and entitled
to vote at the Annual Meeting shall be elected as directors. For Proposal Two, the ratification of the appointment
of McGladrey LLP as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending
December 31, 2014, an affirmative vote of a majority of the shares present, in person or represented by proxy,
and voting on such matter is required for approval. Abstentions are included in the number of shares present or
represented and voting on each matter. “Broker non-votes” are not considered voted for the particular matter and
have the effect of reducing the number of affirmative votes required to achieve a majority for such matter by
reducing the total number of shares from which the majority is calculated.
The persons named as proxy holders and attorneys-in-fact in the proxy card, Thomas F. Fortin and Brian
J. Fisher, were selected by the Board and are officers of the Company. All properly executed proxies returned in
2
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
time to be counted at the Annual Meeting will be voted by such persons at the Annual Meeting. Where a choice
has been specified on the proxy with respect to the foregoing matters, the shares represented by the proxy will be
voted in accordance with the specifications. If no such specifications are indicated, such proxies will be voted
FOR election of the director nominees and FOR ratification of the appointment of our independent registered
public accounting firm.
Aside from the election of directors and the ratification of the appointment of the independent registered
public accounting firm, the Board knows of no other matters to be presented at the Annual Meeting. If any other
matter should be presented at the Annual Meeting upon which a vote properly may be taken, shares represented
by all proxies received by the Board will be voted with respect thereto in accordance with the best judgment of
the persons named as proxy holders and attorneys-in-fact in the proxies.
The address of our principal executive office is 509 West Butler Road, Greenville, South Carolina 29607,
and our telephone number is (864) 422-8011.
PROPOSAL ONE
—
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
Our Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) currently provide that the number of directors of the
Company shall be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. There are presently eight
directors. The Board, by resolution, has determined that immediately following the Annual Meeting, the number
of directors of the Company shall be fixed at five.
The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee (the “Nominating Committee”) of our Board
evaluates the size and composition of the Board on at least an annual basis. In connection therewith, the
Nominating Committee has nominated and recommends for election as directors the five nominees set forth
below. Each nominee presently serves as a director. Directors shall be elected to serve until the next annual
meeting of stockholders or until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation,
removal, or death.
A candidate for election as a director is nominated to stand for election based on his or her professional
experience, recognized achievements in his or her respective fields, an ability to contribute to some aspect of our
business, and the willingness to make the commitment of time and effort required of a director. Each of the
below-listed nominees has been identified as possessing an appropriate diversity of background and experience,
good judgment, deep knowledge of our industry, strength of character, and an independent mind, as well as a
reputation for integrity and high personal and professional ethics. Each nominee also brings a strong and unique
background and set of skills to the Board, giving the Board, as a whole, competence and experience in a wide
variety of areas.
In selecting this slate of nominees for 2014, the Nominating Committee specifically considered the
background, business experience, and certain other information with respect to each of the nominees as set forth
below, along with the familiarity of the nominees with our business and prospects, which has been developed as
a result of their service on our Board. The Nominating Committee believes that such familiarity will be helpful in
addressing the opportunities and challenges that we face in the current business environment.
Each of the five nominees has consented to being named in this Proxy Statement and to serve as a director,
if elected. In the event that any nominee withdraws, or for any reason is unable to serve as a director, the proxies
will be voted for such other person as may be designated by the Nominating Committee as a substitute nominee,
but in no event will proxies be voted for more than five nominees. The Nominating Committee has no reason to
believe that any nominee will not continue to be a candidate or will not serve if elected.
3
The following is a brief description of the background, business experience, skills, qualifications, attributes,
and certain other information with respect to each of the nominees for election to the Board:
Roel C. Campos
Thomas F. Fortin
Mr. Campos (age 65) has served as a director of Regional since
March 2012. Mr. Campos is a partner with the law firm of Locke
Lord Bissell & Liddell LLP, which he joined in April 2011. He
practices in the areas of securities regulation, corporate governance,
and securities enforcement. He had previously been a partner in the
law firm of Cooley Godward Kronish LLP from September 2007 to
April 2011. Prior to that, he received a presidential appointment and
served as a Commissioner of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (“SEC”) from 2002 to 2007. Prior to serving with the
SEC, Mr. Campos was a founding partner of a Houston-based radio
broadcaster. Earlier in his career, he practiced corporate law and
served as a federal prosecutor in Los Angeles, California. In January
2013, Mr. Campos was appointed to the board of directors of Well
Care Health Plans, Inc., a publically-held entity which provides
managed care services targeted to government-sponsored health care
programs. Mr. Campos is a trustee for Managed Portfolio Series, an
open-end mutual fund registered with the SEC under the Investment
Company Act. Mr. Campos was selected by President Barack Obama
to serve on his citizen Presidential Intelligence Advisory Board.
Mr. Campos also serves on the Advisory Board for the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board and serves on various non-
profit boards. Mr. Campos earned a B.S. degree from the United
States Air Force Academy, an M.B.A. degree from the University of
California, Los Angeles, and a J.D. degree from Harvard Law School.
Mr. Campos brings to the Board his extensive financial background
and experience in working with financial services companies, his
experience with the SEC, and his significant experience with public
companies across a variety of industries.
Mr. Fortin (age 50) was appointed Chief Executive Officer of
Regional in March 2007 and has been a director of Regional since
March 2012. Prior to joining Regional, Mr. Fortin was, from 2005 to
2007, President of Cogent Strategic Advisors, LLC, a consulting firm
serving institutional investors. From 1998 to 2005, Mr. Fortin was
Vice President, Development for EJB Group, Inc., a private
investment holding company based in Charlotte, North Carolina.
Mr. Fortin also served as an Operating Partner of Parallel Investment
Partners, LLC from June 2003 to March 2007. From 1992 to 1998,
Mr. Fortin was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of InLight
Solutions, Inc., a medical technology business located in
Albuquerque, New Mexico that he co-founded. He also held positions
at Bowles Hollowell Conner & Co. and Trammell Crow Company. In
2008, Mr. Fortin was elected to the Board of Directors of the
American Financial Services Association (“AFSA”), the principal
trade organization for the installment lending industry. He currently
serves on the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of
AFSA, is Chairman of the AFSA Independents Section, and was the
Chairman of the AFSA Political Action Committee. Mr. Fortin earned
4
Richard A. Godley
Alvaro G. de Molina
Carlos Palomares
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
a B.S. degree in Industrial Engineering from Stanford University and
an M.B.A. degree from Harvard Business School.
Mr. Fortin brings to the Board a management perspective in light of
his role as our Chief Executive Officer, as well as his experience with
the state and federal regulators relevant to our business.
Mr. Godley (age 65) has been a director of Regional since its
inception in 1987 and is its founder. He previously served as
President and Chief Executive Officer of Regional from 1987 until
January 2006 and served as Chairman of the Board from January
2006 until March 2007. Prior to founding Regional, Mr. Godley
served as Senior Vice President of World Acceptance Corporation.
Mr. Godley is a veteran of the U.S. Army and served in Vietnam from
1968 to 1969.
Mr. Godley brings to the Board his long standing experience with the
Company as its founder and his significant continuing equity
ownership.
Mr. de Molina (age 56) has been a director of Regional since
March 2012. Until 2009, Mr. de Molina was the Chief Executive
Officer of GMAC LLC, which he originally joined as Chief
Operating Officer in 2007. Since departing GMAC LLC, Mr. de
Molina has been a private investor. He also joined Cerberus Capital
Management where he worked with the operations group for a period
during 2007, following a 17-year career at Bank of America, where
he most recently served as its Chief Financial Officer from 2005 until
2007. During his tenure at Bank of America, Mr. de Molina also
served as Chief Executive Officer of Banc of America Securities,
President of Global Capital Markets and Investment Banking, head of
Market Risk Management, and Corporate Treasurer. Previously, he
also served in key roles at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Becton,
Dickinson and Company, and PriceWaterhouse LLP (now
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP). In September 2012, Mr. de Molina
was appointed to the board of directors of Walter Investment
Management Corp., a publically-held entity which is an asset
manager, mortgage servicer, and mortgage portfolio owner
specializing in less-than-prime, non-conforming, and other credit-
challenged mortgage assets. Mr. de Molina is a member of the Board
of Visitors of Duke University’s Fuqua School of Business. He holds
a B.S. degree in Accounting from Fairleigh Dickinson University and
an M.B.A. degree from Rutgers Business School and is a graduate of
the Duke University Advanced Management Program.
Mr. de Molina brings to the Board his extensive financial background
and his significant experience with public and private financial
services companies.
Mr. Palomares (age 69) has been a director of Regional since
March 2012. Since 2007, Mr. Palomares has been President and Chief
Executive Officer of SMC Resources, a consulting practice that
advises senior executives on business and marketing strategy. From
2001 to 2007, Mr. Palomares was Senior Vice President at Capital
One Financial Corp. (“Capital One”), and he was Chief Operating
5
Officer of Capital One Federal Savings Bank banking unit from 2004
to 2007. Prior to joining Capital One, Mr. Palomares held a number of
senior positions with Citigroup Inc. and its affiliates, including Chief
Operating Officer of Citibank Latin America Consumer Bank from
1998 to 2001, Chief Financial Officer of Citibank North America
Consumer Bank from 1997 to 1998, Chairman and CEO of Citibank
Italia from 1990 to 1992, and President and CEO of Citibank FSB
Florida from 1992 to 1997. Mr. Palomares serves on the Boards of
Directors of Pan American Life Insurance Group, Inc. and the Coral
Gables Trust Company. Mr. Palomares earned a B.S. degree in
Quantitative Analysis from New York University.
Mr. Palomares brings to the Board his extensive financial background
and his significant experience in leadership roles with public financial
services companies.
There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
The Board of Directors unanimously recommends a vote “FOR” the election of each of the nominees
listed above.
PROPOSAL TWO
—
RATIFICATION OF THE APPOINTMENT OF OUR INDEPENDENT REGISTERED
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
McGladrey LLP has served as our independent registered public accounting firm since 2007. Upon the
recommendation of the Audit Committee (the “Audit Committee”) of the Board, the Board has selected
McGladrey LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31,
2014. The Audit Committee and the Board recommend that the stockholders ratify the appointment of
McGladrey LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal 2014.
A representative of McGladrey LLP plans to be present at the Annual Meeting, shall have the opportunity to
make a statement, and will be available to respond to appropriate questions. Although ratification is not required,
the Board is submitting the appointment of McGladrey LLP to the stockholders for ratification as a matter of
good corporate governance. In the event the stockholders fail to ratify the appointment, the Audit Committee will
consider whether to appoint another independent registered public accounting firm.
The following table sets forth the aggregate fees billed to us by our independent registered public
accounting firm, McGladrey LLP, during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.
Audit Fees
Audit-Related Fees
Tax Fees
All Other Fees
Total
Year Ended
December 31, 2013
Year Ended
December 31, 2012
$592,640
$ 30,000
$126,620
—
$
$749,260
$386,385
$ 29,500
$115,885
—
$
$531,770
In the above table, in accordance with applicable SEC rules:
•
“Audit Fees” are fees billed for professional services rendered by the independent registered public
accounting firm for the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements, review of consolidated
6
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
financial statements included in our Forms 10-Q, and services that are normally provided by the
independent registered public accounting firm in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or
engagements. The 2012 and 2013 fees also include fees billed for services performed by the
independent registered public accounting firm in relation to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 for
our initial public offering, which closed in April 2012, and our Registration Statement on Form S-3 for
our secondary public offerings, which closed in September 2013 and December 2013.
•
•
•
“Audit-Related Fees” are fees billed for assurance and related services performed by the independent
registered public accounting firm that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review
of our financial statements that are not reported above under “Audit Fees.”
“Tax Fees” are fees billed for professional services rendered by the independent registered public
accounting firm for tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning. In 2012, these fees were for services
performed for the filing of our 2011 tax returns and estimated payments for 2012. In 2013, these fees
were for services performed for the filing of our 2012 tax returns and estimated payments for 2013.
“All Other Fees” represent fees billed for ancillary professional services that are not reported above
under “Audit Fees” or “Audit Related Fees,” such as information technology vendor internal control
evaluation, review of earnings per share calculations, and other professional advice.
It is the policy of the Audit Committee to pre-approve all audit and permitted non-audit services proposed to
be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee reviewed and pre-
approved all the services performed by McGladrey LLP. The process for such pre-approval is typically as
follows: Audit Committee pre-approval is sought at one of the Audit Committee’s regularly scheduled meetings
following the presentation of information at such meeting detailing the particular services proposed to be
performed. The authority to pre-approve non-audit services may be delegated by the Audit Committee to the
Chairman of the Audit Committee, who shall present any decision to pre-approve an activity to the full Audit
Committee at the first meeting following such decision. None of the services described above were approved by
the Audit Committee pursuant to the exception provided by Rule 2-01(c)(7)(i)(C) under Regulation S-X.
The Audit Committee has reviewed the non-audit services provided by McGladrey LLP and has determined
that the provision of such services is compatible with maintaining McGladrey LLP’s independence.
The Board of Directors unanimously recommends a vote “FOR” the ratification of the appointment of
McGladrey LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending
December 31, 2014.
OTHER BUSINESS
The Board is not aware of any matters, other than those specified above, to come before the Annual Meeting
for action by the stockholders. However, if any matter requiring a vote of the stockholders should be duly
presented for a vote at the Annual Meeting, then the persons named in the form of proxy intend to vote such
proxy in accordance with their best judgment.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS
The Company’s Board is responsible for directing and overseeing the management of the business and affairs
of the Company in a manner consistent with the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. The Board has
implemented written Corporate Governance Guidelines designed to assist the Board in fulfilling its duties and
responsibilities. The Corporate Governance Guidelines address a number of matters applicable to directors,
including Board composition, structure, and policies; director qualification standards; Board meetings; committees
of the Board; roles and expectations of the Board and its directors; director compensation; management succession
planning; and other matters. These Corporate Governance Guidelines are available on the Company’s Investor
Relations website under the “Corporate Governance” tab at www.regionalmanagement.com. A stockholder may
7
request a copy of the Corporate Governance Guidelines by contacting our Corporate Secretary at 509 West Butler
Road, Greenville, South Carolina 29607.
Composition of the Board; Board Independence
The Company’s Board has the discretion to determine the size of the Board, the members of which are
elected at each year’s annual meeting of stockholders. Our Board currently consists of eight directors:
Messrs. Roel C. Campos, Richard T. Dell’Aquila, Thomas F. Fortin, Richard A. Godley, Alvaro G. de Molina,
Carlos Palomares, David Perez, and Erik A. Scott, with Mr. Perez serving as Chairman of the Board. The Board,
by resolution, has determined that immediately following the Annual Meeting, the number of directors of the
Company shall be fixed at five.
The biographical information of Messrs. Campos, Fortin, Godley, de Molina, and Palomares is set forth
above under “Proposal One: Election of Directors.” The following is a brief description of the background,
business experience, and certain other information with respect to Messrs. Perez, Dell’Aquila, and Scott:
David Perez
Richard T. Dell’Aquila
Mr. Perez (age 45) has served as the Chairman of the Board of
Regional since April 2011 and has been a director of Regional since
March 2007. He serves as President and Chief Operating Officer of
Palladium Equity Partners, LLC (together with its affiliates,
“Palladium”), which he joined in 2003. Previously, he held senior
private equity positions at General Atlantic Partners and Atlas
Venture, and he also held positions at Chase Capital Partners and
James D. Wolfensohn, Inc. Mr. Perez serves on the Board of
Directors of Palladium’s privately held portfolio companies
Aconcagua Holdings, Inc., American Gilsonite Company, DolEx
Dollar Express, Inc., Prince Minerals, Inc., and Hy Cite Enterprises,
LLC. Mr. Perez serves on the Board of Directors of the National
Association of Investment Companies (NAIC), is a member of the
Council on Foreign Relations, and is the President of the Board of
Directors of Ballet Hispánico. Mr. Perez earned a B.S./M.S. degree
from the Dresden University of Technology, an M.Eng. degree in
Engineering Management from Cornell University, and an M.B.A.
degree from Harvard Business School.
Mr. Perez brings to the Board his significant experience with
companies controlled by private equity sponsors, including several
financial companies, his affiliation with Palladium, and his
experience in working with the management of various other
companies owned by Palladium’s funds.
Mr. Dell’Aquila (age 37) has been a director of Regional since July
2010. Mr. Dell’Aquila is a Managing Director at Brookside Equity
Partners LLC, which he joined in March 2013. Prior to joining
Brookside Equity Partners LLC, Mr. Dell’Aquila was a Managing
Director at Parallel Investment Partners, LLC (together with its
affiliates, “Parallel”) from March 2010 to February 2013, a Principal
at Southfield Capital Advisors LLC from January 2006 to February
2010. He has also previously held positions at Sasco Capital, Inc.,
Pangea, Ltd, and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. Mr. Dell’Aquila also serves
on the boards of USA Discounters, Inc. and Superior Investment,
LLC. Mr. Dell’Aquila graduated from Hamilton College where he
received a B.A. degree in Economics. He also studied as an
undergraduate at Oxford University.
8
Erik A. Scott
Mr. Dell’Aquila brings to the Board his extensive financial
background and experience working with financial services
companies, his affiliation with Parallel, and his experience in working
with the management of various other companies owned by Parallel.
Mr. Scott (age 46) has been a director of Regional since 2007. He
currently serves as a Managing Director with Palladium, a position he
has held since 2010. From 2005 to 2010, he was a Vice President and
Principal with Palladium. Previously, he was a Principal at FdG
Associates and Parthenon Capital and also held positions at Allied
Capital and Bowles Hollowell Conner & Co. Mr. Scott also serves on
the boards of Palladium’s privately held portfolio companies Capital
Contractors, Inc. and DolEx Dollar Express, Inc. Mr. Scott earned a
B.A. degree in Economics with a concentration in Spanish from
Vanderbilt University and an M.B.A. degree from the Darden
Graduate School of Business Administration at the University of
Virginia.
Mr. Scott brings to the Board his extensive financial background, his
affiliation with Palladium, and his experience in working with the
management of various other companies owned by Palladium funds.
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
Messrs. Perez, Dell’Aquila, and Scott have served as director designees of Palladium and Parallel pursuant
to the Shareholders Agreement described in greater detail below. In September 2013 and December 2013,
Palladium and Parallel closed secondary public offerings pursuant to which each sold its equity ownership in the
Company, and as a result, neither Palladium nor Parallel retains any right to designate directors of the Company
in the future. As such, Messrs. Perez, Dell’Aquila, and Scott will not be standing for reelection at the Annual
Meeting. Mr. Jared L. Johnson, previously a director of the Company designated by Parallel, resigned from his
position effective December 31, 2013.
Messrs. Campos, de Molina, and Palomares are each independent in accordance with the criteria established
by the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) for independent board members. The Board performed a review
to determine the independence of its members and made a subjective determination as to each of these
independent directors that no transactions, relationships, or arrangements exist that, in the opinion of the Board,
would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director of the
Company. In making these determinations, the Board reviewed the information provided by the directors and the
Company with regard to each director’s business and personal activities as they may relate to the Company and
its management.
Following the closing of the Company’s initial public offering in April 2012, the Company was a
“controlled company” under the rules of the NYSE because the stockholders party to the Shareholders
Agreement described below held more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors. Accordingly,
the Company was entitled to rely upon exemptions available to a “controlled company” under the NYSE
corporate governance standards. These exemptions exempted the Company from the obligation to comply with
certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:
• within one year of the date of the listing of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE, a majority of
the Company’s Board consists of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the NYSE;
•
•
the Company have a compensation committee that is, within one year of the date of the listing of the
Company’s common stock on the NYSE, composed entirely of independent directors; and
the Company have a corporate governance and nominating committee that is, within one year of the
date of the listing of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE, composed entirely of independent
directors.
9
In September 2013, simultaneously with the closing of a secondary public offering by Palladium and
Parallel, the stockholders party to the Shareholders Agreement no longer controlled a majority of the voting
power for the election of directors and, therefore, the Company ceased to be a “controlled company.” As a result,
the Company will be required to comply with the foregoing NYSE corporate governance requirements within the
one-year transition period specified in the rules of the NYSE. The “controlled company” exemptions did not
modify the independence requirements for the Company’s Audit Committee. The Company is in compliance
with the applicable requirements of the SEC and NYSE rules with respect to the composition of the Company’s
Audit Committee, which is composed entirely of independent directors.
Leadership Structure
As described in the Corporate Governance Guidelines, the Board may select its Chairman and the
Company’s Chief Executive Officer in any way that it considers to be in the best interests of the Company.
Therefore, the Board does not have a policy on whether the role of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer should
be separate or combined and, if it is to be separate, whether the Chairman should be selected from the
independent directors.
Mr. Perez currently serves as Chairman of our Board. At this time, the Board believes the separation of the
roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer promotes communication between the Board, the Chief Executive
Officer, and other senior management, and enhances the Board’s oversight of management. We believe our
leadership structure provides increased accountability of our Chief Executive Officer to the Board and
encourages balanced decision-making. We also separate the roles in recognition of the differences in the roles.
While the Chief Executive Officer is responsible for day-to-day leadership of the Company and the setting of
strategic direction, the Chairman of the Board provides guidance to the Chief Executive Officer and coordinates
and manages the operation of the Board and its committees.
At this time, the Board believes our current leadership structure, with a non-employee Chairman of the
Board, is appropriate for the Company and provides many advantages to the effective operation of the Board.
The Board will periodically evaluate and reassess the effectiveness of this leadership structure.
Director Qualifications
The Company’s Nominating Committee is responsible for reviewing the qualifications of potential director
candidates and recommending to the Board those candidates to be nominated for election to the Board. The
Nominating Committee considers (a) minimum individual qualifications, including relevant career experience,
strength of character, mature judgment, familiarity with the Company’s business and industry, independence of
thought, and an ability to work collegially with the other members of the Board, and (b) all other factors it
considers appropriate, which may include age, diversity of background, existing commitments to other
businesses, potential conflicts of interest with other pursuits, legal considerations (such as antitrust issues),
corporate governance background, financial and accounting background, executive compensation background,
and the size, composition, and combined expertise of the existing Board. The Board and the Nominating
Committee monitor the mix of specific experience, qualifications, and skills of its directors in order to assure that
the Board, as a whole, has the necessary tools to perform its oversight function effectively in light of the
Company’s business and structure. Stockholders may also nominate directors for election at the Company’s
annual stockholders meeting by following the provisions set forth in the Company’s Bylaws, and in such a case,
the Nominating Committee will consider the qualifications of directors proposed by stockholders.
As referenced above, certain members of the Board are designated by certain of our stockholders in
accordance with the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated March 27, 2012, by and among the
Company, Parallel, Palladium, and certain other stockholders party thereto (the “Shareholders Agreement”).
Such stockholders with director designation rights have sought to ensure that the Board is composed of members
whose particular experience, qualifications, attributes, and professional and functional skills, when taken
10
together, will allow the Board to effectively satisfy its oversight responsibilities, and in identifying individuals
for designation to the Board, have considered those factors described in the foregoing paragraph.
When determining whether the Company’s director nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes,
and professional and functional skills, taken as a whole, to enable our Board to satisfy its oversight
responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the Company’s Nominating Committee focused
primarily on their valuable contributions to our success in recent years and on the information discussed in the
biographical descriptions set forth above.
Meetings
The Board held 11 meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. During fiscal 2013, each
incumbent director attended more than 75% of the total number of meetings of the Board and committees on
which he served. In addition to formal Board meetings, our Board communicates regularly via telephone,
electronic mail, and informal meetings, and our Board and its committees from time to time act by written
consent in lieu of a formal meeting. The independent members of the Board met in executive session periodically
during fiscal 2013. Other than an expectation set forth in our Corporate Governance Guidelines that each director
will make every effort to attend the annual meeting of stockholders, we do not have a formal policy regarding the
directors’ attendance at annual meetings. Six of our nine then-current directors attended our last annual meeting
of stockholders held on April 24, 2013.
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
Committees of the Board
Our Board has three standing committees: the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, the Audit
Committee, and the Compensation Committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are
described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our
Board.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is a separately-designated standing audit committee established in accordance with
Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The Audit
Committee consists of Messrs. Campos, Palomares, and de Molina, with Mr. de Molina serving as Chairman.
Pursuant to the Audit Committee’s written charter, our Audit Committee is responsible for, among other things:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
selecting and hiring our independent registered public accounting firm, and pre-approving the audit and
non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;
assisting the Board in evaluating the qualifications, performance, and independence of our independent
auditors;
assisting the Board in monitoring the quality and integrity of our financial statements and our
accounting and financial reporting processes;
assisting the Board in monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;
assisting the Board in reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting processes;
assisting the Board in monitoring the performance of our internal audit function;
discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm;
reviewing with management and our independent auditors our annual and quarterly financial
statements;
11
•
•
establishing procedures for the receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints received by us regarding
accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters and the confidential, anonymous
submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; and
preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.
In accordance with SEC rules and NYSE rules, each of the members of our Audit Committee is an
independent director in accordance with the criteria established by the NYSE for the purpose of audit committee
membership independence. In addition, the Board has examined the SEC’s definition of “audit committee
financial expert” and has determined that Mr. de Molina satisfies this definition.
The Audit Committee Charter, which contains a more complete explanation of the roles and responsibilities
of the Audit Committee, is posted on the Company’s Investor Relations website under the “Corporate
Governance” tab at www.regionalmanagement.com. A stockholder may request a copy of the Audit Committee
Charter by contacting our Corporate Secretary at 509 West Butler Road, Greenville, South Carolina 29607. The
Audit Committee held six meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. In addition to formal Audit
Committee meetings, our Audit Committee communicates regularly via telephone, electronic mail, and informal
meetings.
Compensation Committee
Our Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. Campos, Palomares, de Molina, Godley, and
Dell’Aquila, with Mr. Palomares serving as Chairman. Pursuant to the Compensation Committee’s written
charter, our Compensation Committee is responsible for, among other things:
•
•
•
•
•
•
reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to the Board with respect to, corporate goals
and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, evaluating our Chief
Executive Officer’s performance in light of those goals and objectives, and either as a committee or
together with the other independent directors (as directed by the Board), determining and approving our
Chief Executive Officer’s compensation level based on such evaluation;
reviewing and approving the compensation of our executive officers, including annual base salary,
annual incentive bonuses, specific goals, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance and
change in control arrangements, and any other benefits, compensation, or arrangements;
reviewing and recommending the compensation of our directors;
reviewing and discussing annually with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”;
preparing the Report of the Compensation Committee; and
reviewing and making recommendations with respect to our equity compensation plans.
Messrs. Campos, Palomares, and de Molina are independent directors in accordance with the criteria
established by the NYSE for the purpose of compensation committee membership. As described in greater detail
above, following its initial public offering, the Company was a “controlled company” under the rules of the
NYSE. Accordingly, the Company was entitled to rely upon exemptions available to a “controlled company”
under the NYSE corporate governance standards, including an exemption from the requirement that the
Company have a compensation committee that is, within one year of the date of the listing of the Company’s
common stock on the NYSE, composed entirely of independent directors. As of September 2013, the Company is
no longer a “controlled company” under the rules of the NYSE, and therefore, in accordance with NYSE
transition requirements, the Company will have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of
independent directors by September 2014.
The Compensation Committee Charter, which contains a more complete explanation of the roles and
responsibilities of the Compensation Committee, is posted on the Company’s Investor Relations website under
the “Corporate Governance” tab at www.regionalmanagement.com. A stockholder may request a copy of the
12
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
Compensation Committee Charter by contacting our Corporate Secretary at 509 West Butler Road, Greenville,
South Carolina 29607. The Compensation Committee held five meetings during the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2013. In addition to formal Compensation Committee meetings, our Compensation Committee
communicates regularly via telephone, electronic mail, and informal meetings.
Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee
Our Nominating Committee consists of Messrs. Campos, Palomares, and Scott, with Mr. Campos serving as
Chairman. Pursuant to the Nominating Committee’s written charter, the Nominating Committee is responsible
for, among other things:
•
•
•
•
assisting our Board in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees to the
Board;
overseeing the evaluation of the Board and management;
reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing, recommending, and
maintaining a set of corporate governance guidelines; and
recommending members for each committee of our Board.
Messrs. Campos and Palomares are independent directors in accordance with the criteria established by the
NYSE for the purpose of corporate governance and nominating committee membership. As described in greater
detail above, following its initial public offering, the Company was a “controlled company” under the rules of the
NYSE. Accordingly, the Company was entitled to rely upon exemptions available to a “controlled company”
under the NYSE corporate governance standards, including an exemption from the requirement that the
Company have a corporate governance and nominating committee that is, within one year of the date of the
listing of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE, composed entirely of independent directors. As of
September 2013, the Company is no longer a “controlled company” under the rules of the NYSE, and therefore,
in accordance with NYSE transition requirements, the Company will have a corporate governance and
nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors by September 2014.
The Nominating Committee will consider a candidate for director proposed by a stockholder. A candidate
must be highly qualified and be both willing to serve and expressly interested in serving on the Board. A
stockholder wishing to propose a candidate for the Nominating Committee’s consideration should forward the
candidate’s name and information about the candidate’s qualifications to Regional Management Corp., 509 West
Butler Road, Greenville, South Carolina 29607, Attn: Corporate Secretary, no later than November 18, 2014 if
the stockholder chooses to use the process described in Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, and if the stockholder
submits such nomination outside the process described in Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, not earlier than
December 24, 2014 nor later than January 23, 2015. If, following the filing and delivery of these proxy materials,
the date of the 2015 annual meeting of stockholders is advanced or delayed by more than 30 calendar days from
the one-year anniversary date of the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, the Company will, in a timely manner,
provided notice to the Company’s stockholders of the new date of the 2015 annual meeting of stockholders and
the new dates by which stockholder proposals submitted both pursuant to and outside of SEC Rule 14a-8 must be
received by the Company. Such notice will be included in the earliest possible Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
under Part II, Item 5.
The Nominating Committee shall select individuals, including candidates proposed by stockholders, as
director nominees who shall have the highest personal and professional integrity, who shall have demonstrated
exceptional ability and judgment, and who shall be most effective, in conjunction with the other nominees to the
Board, in collectively serving the long-term interests of the stockholders. In evaluating nominees, the
Nominating Committee will consider the director qualifications described above. We do not have a formal policy
with regard to the consideration of diversity in identifying director nominees, but the Nominating Committee
strives to nominate directors with a variety of complementary skills so that the Board, as a whole, will possess
the appropriate talent, skills, and expertise to oversee our business.
13
The Nominating Committee Charter, which contains a more complete explanation of the roles and
responsibilities of the Nominating Committee, is posted on the Company’s Investor Relations website under the
“Corporate Governance” tab at www.regionalmanagement.com. A stockholder may request a copy of the
Nominating Committee Charter by contacting our Corporate Secretary at 509 West Butler Road, Greenville,
South Carolina 29607. The Nominating Committee held three meetings during the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2013. In addition to formal Nominating Committee meetings, our Nominating Committee
communicates regularly via telephone, electronic mail, and informal meetings.
Role in Risk Oversight
As part of its role in risk oversight for the Company, our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing the
Company’s risk assessment and risk management policies, and for discussing its findings with both management
and the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Board receives an annual, in depth
review of risks that may potentially affect us, as identified and presented by management, including all such risks
reflected in our periodic filings. Additionally, the Board receives regular, quarterly updates on all such elements
of risk. The Board may request supplemental information and disclosure about any other specific area of interest
and concern relevant to risks it believes are faced by us and our business. The Board believes our current
leadership structure enhances its oversight of risk management because our Chief Executive Officer, who is
ultimately responsible for our risk management process, is in the best position to discuss with the Board these
key risks and management’s response to them by also serving as a director of the Company.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
Our Board has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code of Ethics”) and reviews it at least
annually. The Code of Ethics applies to all of our directors, officers, and employees and must be acknowledged
in writing by our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The Code of Ethics is posted on the
Company’s Investor Relations website under the “Corporate Governance” tab at www.regionalmanagement.com.
A stockholder may request a copy of the Code of Ethics by contacting our Corporate Secretary at 509 West
Butler Road, Greenville, South Carolina 29607. To the extent permissible under applicable law, the rules of the
SEC, and NYSE listing standards, we intend to disclose on our website any amendment to our Code of Ethics, or
any grant of a waiver from a provision of our Code of Ethics, that requires disclosure under applicable laws, the
rules of the SEC, or NYSE listing standards.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, Messrs. Perez, Campos, Dell’Aquila, Godley, de Molina,
Palomares, and Johnson served on the Compensation Committee. No member of the Compensation Committee
was an officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries during the fiscal year ended December 31,
2013. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, no executive officers of the Company served on the
compensation committee (or equivalent) or the board of directors, of another entity whose executive officer(s)
served on our Board or Compensation Committee.
Mr. Godley, a member of our Compensation Committee, is a founder of Regional, a significant stockholder,
and a party to our Shareholders Agreement. Prior to March 2007, Mr. Godley served as our President and Chief
Executive Officer. Since March 2007, Mr. Godley served as a consultant to Regional pursuant to a consulting
agreement, which was terminated in March 2012 pursuant to its terms upon the consummation of our initial
public offering and the payment by us of a $150,000 one-time termination fee to Mr. Godley. Mr. Godley was
also a lender under our mezzanine debt arrangements, which we repaid with a portion of the proceeds of our
initial public offering. None of the other members of our Compensation Committee is our current or former
officer or employee.
The Audit Committee oversees our financial reporting process on behalf of the Board of Directors. The
Audit Committee operates under a written charter, a copy of which is available on our website,
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
14
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
www.regionalmanagement.com, under the “Corporate Governance” tab. This report reviews the actions taken by
the Audit Committee with regard to our financial reporting process during the fiscal year ended December 31,
2013, and particularly with regard to the audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and
December 31, 2012 and for the three years ended December 31, 2013.
The Audit Committee is composed solely of independent directors under existing New York Stock
Exchange listing standards and Securities and Exchange Commission requirements. None of the committee
members is or has been an officer or employee of the Company or any of our subsidiaries or has engaged in any
business transaction or has any business or family relationship with the Company or any of our subsidiaries or
affiliates. In addition, the Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Alvaro G. de Molina is an “audit committee
financial expert,” as defined by Securities and Exchange Commission rules.
Our management has the primary responsibility for our financial statements and reporting process, including
the systems of internal controls. The independent auditors are responsible for performing an independent audit of
our consolidated financial statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United
States and issuing a report thereon. The Audit Committee’s responsibility is to monitor and oversee these
processes and to select annually the accountants to serve as our independent auditors for the coming year.
The Audit Committee has implemented procedures to ensure that during the course of each fiscal year it
devotes the attention that it deems necessary or appropriate to fulfill its oversight responsibilities under the Audit
Committee’s charter. To carry out its responsibilities, the Audit Committee met six times during the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2013, communicated regularly via telephone, electronic mail, and informal meetings, and
from time to time acted by written consent.
In fulfilling its oversight responsibilities, the Audit Committee reviewed and discussed with management
the audited consolidated financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2013, including a discussion of the quality, rather than just the acceptability, of the accounting
principles, the reasonableness of significant judgments, and the clarity of disclosures in the financial statements.
The Audit Committee also discussed our audited consolidated financial statements in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, with the independent auditors, who are responsible for
expressing an opinion on the conformity of those audited consolidated financial statements with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States, their judgments as to the quality, rather than just the
acceptability, of our accounting principles, and such other matters as are required to be discussed with the Audit
Committee under the applicable Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) Standards and SEC
Rule 2-07 of Regulation S-X. In addition, the Audit Committee discussed with the auditors their independence
from management and the Company, including the matters in the written disclosures and the letter required by
the PCAOB regarding the independent auditors’ communications with the Audit Committee regarding
independence. The Audit Committee also considered whether the provision of services during the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2013, by the auditors that were unrelated to their audit of the consolidated financial
statements referred to above and to their reviews of our interim consolidated financial statements during the
fiscal year is compatible with maintaining their independence.
Additionally, the Audit Committee discussed with the independent auditors the overall scope and plan for
their audit. The Audit Committee met with the independent auditors, with and without management present, to
discuss the results of their examination, their evaluation of our internal controls, and the overall quality of our
financial reporting.
In reliance on the reviews and discussions referred to above, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board
of Directors that the audited consolidated financial statements be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for
15
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, for filing with the SEC. This report of the Audit Committee has been
prepared by members of the Audit Committee. Current members of the Audit Committee are:
Members of the Audit Committee:
Alvaro G. de Molina (Chairman)
Roel C. Campos
Carlos Palomares
STOCKHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS WITH THE BOARD
Each member of the Board is receptive to and welcomes communications from our stockholders.
Stockholders and other interested parties may contact any member (or all members) of the Board, including,
without limitation, the Chairman of the Board or the independent directors as a group, by addressing such
communications or concerns to the Corporate Secretary of the Company, 509 West Butler Road, Greenville,
SC 29607, who will forward such communications to the appropriate party.
If a complaint or concern involves accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters, the
correspondence will be forwarded to the chair of the Audit Committee. If no particular director is named, such
communication will be forwarded, depending on the subject matter, to the chair of the Audit, Compensation, or
Nominating Committee, as appropriate.
Anyone who has concerns regarding (i) questionable accounting, internal accounting controls, and auditing
matters, including those regarding the circumvention or attempted circumvention of internal accounting controls
or that would otherwise constitute a violation of the Company’s accounting policies, (ii) compliance with legal
and regulatory requirements, or (iii) retaliation against employees who voice such concerns, may communicate
these concerns by writing to the attention of the Audit Committee as set forth above, or by calling
(800) 224-2330 at any time.
HOUSEHOLDING OF ANNUAL MEETING MATERIALS
Some banks, brokers, and other nominee record holders may be participating in the practice of
“householding” annual reports and proxy statements. This means that only one copy of our Annual Report on
Form 10-K and Proxy Statement, as applicable, may have been sent to multiple stockholders in the same
household. We will promptly deliver a separate copy of our Annual Report on Form 10-K and Proxy Statement,
as applicable, to any stockholder upon request submitted in writing to the Company at the following address:
Regional Management Corp., 509 West Butler Road, Greenville, South Carolina 29607, Attention: Corporate
Secretary, or by calling (864) 422-8011. Any stockholder who wants to receive separate copies of our Annual
Report on Form 10-K and Proxy Statement in the future, or who is currently receiving multiple copies and would
like to receive only one copy for his or her household, should contact his or her bank, broker, or other nominee
record holder, or contact the Company at the above address and telephone number.
PROPOSALS BY STOCKHOLDERS
Under certain conditions, stockholders may request that we include a proposal at a forthcoming meeting of
the stockholders of the Company in the proxy materials of the Company for such meeting. Under SEC
Rule 14a-8, any stockholders desiring to present such a proposal to be acted upon at the 2015 annual meeting of
stockholders and included in the proxy materials must ensure that we receive the proposal at our principal
executive office in Greenville, South Carolina by November 18, 2014 in order for the proposal to be eligible for
inclusion in our proxy statement and proxy card relating to such meeting.
16
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
If a stockholder desires to propose any business at an annual meeting of stockholders, even if the proposal or
proposed director candidate is not to be included in our proxy statement, our Bylaws provide that the stockholder
must deliver or mail timely advance written notice of such business to our principal executive office. Under our
Bylaws, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice generally must be delivered to our Corporate Secretary at the
principal executive offices of the Company not later than the 90th day before the first anniversary of the date of
the preceding year’s annual meeting and no earlier than the 120th day prior to such date. However, in the event
that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than twenty (20) days, or delayed by more than seventy
(70) days, from such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be delivered not earlier than
the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day
prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of
such meeting is first made. Each item of business must be made in accordance with, and must include the
information required by, our Bylaws, our Corporate Governance Guidelines, and any other applicable law, rule,
or regulation. Assuming that the date of the 2015 annual meeting of stockholders is not advanced or delayed in
the manner described above, the required notice for the 2015 annual meeting of stockholders would need to be
provided to us not earlier than December 24, 2014 and not later than January 23, 2015.
If, following the filing and delivery of these proxy materials, the date of the 2015 annual meeting of
stockholders is advanced or delayed by more than 30 calendar days from the one-year anniversary date of the
2014 annual meeting of stockholders, the Company will, in a timely manner, provide notice to the Company’s
stockholders of the new date of the 2015 annual meeting of stockholders and the new dates by which stockholder
proposals submitted both pursuant to and outside of SEC Rule 14a-8 must be received by the Company. Such
notice will be included in the earliest possible Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q under Part II, Item 5.
COMPENSATION AND OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING
OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
The agreements described in this section are filed as exhibits to our Annual Report on Form 10-K, and the
following descriptions are qualified by reference thereto.
Executive Officers
The following is a brief description of the background, business experience, and certain other information
with respect to each of our executive officers:
Thomas F. Fortin (age 50) was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Regional in March 2007 and has been
a director of Regional since March 2012. Mr. Fortin’s full biographical information is set forth above under
“Proposal One: Election of Directors.”
C. Glynn Quattlebaum (age 67) has served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Regional since
March 2007. Previously, he served Regional as Senior Vice President, Operations from 1998 to 2007. He is a co-
founder of Regional and has been employed by Regional since its founding in 1987. Prior to joining Regional,
Mr. Quattlebaum was a Supervisor with World Acceptance Corporation, where he began his career in consumer
finance in 1974. Mr. Quattlebaum also serves on the board of the South Carolina Independent Consumer Finance
Association.
Donald E. Thomas (age 55) was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
Regional in January 2013. Mr. Thomas has over 30 years of finance and accounting experience in public and
private companies, having previously served since April 2010 as Chief Financial Officer of TMX Finance LLC, a
title lending company. Prior to joining TMX Finance LLC, Mr. Thomas spent 17 years with 7-Eleven, an
operator of convenience stores, where he served in various capacities, including Chief Accounting Officer and
Controller, acting Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Operations, and Vice President of Human
Resources. Prior to 7-Eleven, Mr. Thomas spent 11 years in the audit function of Deloitte & Touche LLP and one
17
year with the Trane Company as a financial manager. Mr. Thomas earned accounting and finance degrees from
Tarleton State University and is a certified public accountant, certified global management accountant, and
certified treasury professional.
A. Michelle Masters (age 39) currently serves as Regional’s Senior Vice President of Strategic Operations
and Initiatives and Assistant Secretary. Ms. Masters joined Regional in December 1999 as Senior Financial
Analyst and was promoted to Controller and Treasurer in January 2006. Ms. Masters was subsequently promoted
to Senior Vice President of Finance in May 2008. Ms. Masters holds a B.A. degree in Accounting and Business
Administration from Furman University and an M.B.A. degree from Clemson University.
Brian J. Fisher (age 30) was appointed as Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary in January 2013.
Prior to joining Regional, Mr. Fisher was an attorney in the Corporate and Securities practice group of Womble
Carlyle Sandridge and Rice, LLP from 2009 to 2013. Mr. Fisher holds a B.A. degree in Economics from Furman
University and a J.D. degree from the University of South Carolina School of Law.
There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
The following discussion and analysis of the compensation arrangements of our named executive officers
should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures regarding our current plans,
considerations, and expectations with respect to future executive compensation programs.
Compensation Program Objectives. The primary objectives of our executive compensation program are to
attract and retain talented executives to effectively manage and lead the Company and create value for our
stockholders. The compensation packages for our named executive officers generally include a base salary,
performance-based annual cash awards, discretionary cash bonuses, equity awards, and other benefits.
The discussion below includes a review of our compensation decisions with respect to fiscal 2013. Our
named executive officers for fiscal 2013 were Thomas F. Fortin, our Chief Executive Officer; Donald E.
Thomas, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; C. Glynn Quattlebaum, our President and
Chief Operating Officer; A. Michelle Masters, our Senior Vice President of Strategic Operations and Initiatives
and Assistant Secretary; and Brian J. Fisher, our Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary.
Compensation Determination Process. Our current compensation program for our named executive officers
has been designed based on our view that each component of executive compensation should be set at levels that
are necessary, within reasonable parameters, to successfully attract and retain skilled executives and that are fair
and equitable in light of market practices. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves the compensation
determinations for all of our executive officers. In setting an individual named executive officer’s initial
compensation package and the relative allocation among different types of compensation, we consider the nature
of the position being filled, the scope of associated responsibilities, the individual’s prior experience and skills,
and the individual’s compensation expectations, as well as the compensation of existing executive officers at the
Company and our general impressions of prevailing conditions in the market for executive talent.
We generally monitor compensation practices in the market where we compete for executive talent to obtain
an overview of market practices and to ensure that we make informed decisions on executive pay packages.
Consistent with our compensation objectives of attracting and retaining top executive talent, we believe that the
base salaries and performance-based annual cash award targets of our named executive officers should be set at
levels which are competitive with our peer group companies of comparable size, although we do not target any
specific pay percentile for our named executive officers. To obtain a sense of the market and a general
understanding of current compensation practices, we review the compensation awarded by the following
publicly-traded companies: Aaron’s, Inc., America’s Car-Mart, Inc., Cash America International, Inc., Credit
Acceptance Corp., Dollar Financial Corp., Encore Capital Group, Inc., EZCORP, Inc., First Cash Financial
Services, Inc., Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., Rent-A-Center, Inc., Springleaf Holdings, Inc., and World
Acceptance Corp., as well as select private companies for which we have
18
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
access to compensation information. In conducting this review, we place particular emphasis on the relative size
of such companies in relation to our size and also consider the overall salary levels for each position held,
individual bonus targets, incentive compensation paid, and equity ownership levels. We believe that appropriate
base salaries for our named executive officers should generally be in line with those paid by peer group
companies of comparable size; that performance-based annual cash awards should reward exceptional
performance, resulting in overall compensation which can exceed those of peer group companies of comparable
size; and that total compensation for named executive officers may approach the higher end of such peer group
companies of comparable size if bonus targets are reached.
The Compensation Committee has the authority to hire outside advisors and experts, including
compensation consultants, to assist it with director and executive officer compensation determinations. The
Compensation Committee retained the services of a compensation consultant, Pearl Meyer & Partners (“Pearl
Meyer”), in fiscal 2013 to review and make recommendations with respect to executive officer equity
compensation and director cash and equity compensation. The Compensation Committee used Pearl Meyer’s
report to further its understanding of executive officer equity compensation practices in the market, but it took no
specific action with respect to executive officer equity compensation in reliance on Pearl Meyer’s report. During
fiscal 2013, Pearl Meyer worked only for the Compensation Committee and performed no additional services for
the Company or any of its named executive officers. The Compensation Committee Chairman approved all work
performed by Pearl Meyer and received and approved copies of all invoices for services submitted by Pearl
Meyer. During fiscal 2013, the Compensation Committee and the Company did not use the services of any other
compensation consultant.
Elements of Compensation
Base Salaries. Base salaries are intended to provide a minimum, fixed level of cash compensation
sufficient to attract and retain an effective management team when considered in combination with other
components of our executive compensation program. We believe that the base salary element is required to
provide our named executive officers with a stable income stream that is commensurate with their
responsibilities and to compensate them for services rendered during the fiscal year. Annual base salaries are
established on the basis of market conditions at the time we hire an executive, as well as by taking into account
the particular executive’s level of qualifications and experience. The Compensation Committee reviews the base
salaries of our executive officers annually, and any subsequent modifications to annual base salaries are made in
consideration of the appropriateness of each executive officer’s compensation, both individually and relative to
the other executive officers, the individual performance of each executive officer, and any significant changes in
market conditions. We do not apply specific formulas to determine increases.
The annual base salaries for our named executive officers for fiscal 2013 were as follows: $350,000 for
Mr. Fortin through February 28, 2013, and $420,000 thereafter; $300,000 for Mr. Thomas (commencing
January 2, 2013, at the outset of his employment with the Company); $435,750 for Mr. Quattlebaum through
February 19, 2013, and $465,750 thereafter; $112,300 for Ms. Masters through February 19, 2013, and $130,000
thereafter; and $140,000 for Mr. Fisher (commencing January 14, 2013, at the outset of his employment with the
Company). Based upon their individual performance, their compensation relative to other executive officers of
the Company, and market conditions, the Compensation Committee, effective February 20, 2013, approved an
increase in Mr. Quattlebaum’s annual base salary from $435,750 to $465,750, and approved an increase in
Ms. Masters’ annual base from $112,300 to $130,000 and an increase in Ms. Masters’ target annual incentive
bonus from 25% of her annual base salary to 30% of her annual base salary. In addition, following the expiration
of Mr. Fortin’s employment agreement on February 28, 2013, the Company entered into a new employment
agreement with Mr. Fortin, effective March 1, 2013. Under Mr. Fortin’s new employment agreement,
Mr. Fortin’s annual base salary increased from $350,000 to $420,000.
The annual base salaries for our executive officers for fiscal 2014 are as follows: $420,000 for
Mr. Fortin; $300,000 for Mr. Thomas; $465,750 for Mr. Quattlebaum; $130,000 for Ms. Masters; and $140,000
for Mr. Fisher.
19
Performance-Based Annual Cash Awards. Our annual incentive program is designed to drive
achievement of annual corporate goals, including key financial and operating results and strategic goals that
create value for stockholders. Our named executive officers are eligible for performance-based annual cash
awards linked to our performance in relation to performance targets set by the Board. Target annual incentive
levels and actual performance-based annual cash awards for each of our named executive officers for fiscal 2013
were as follows:
Name
Thomas F. Fortin
Donald E. Thomas
C. Glynn Quattlebaum
A. Michelle Masters
Brian J. Fisher
Annual
Base
Salary
$408,685
$299,178
$461,640
$127,575
$135,014
Percentage of
Base
Salary Used to
Determine Award
Eligibility
64.9%
50.0%
46.6%
30.0%
25.0%
Target
Award
Actual
Award
$265,237
$149,589
$215,124
$ 38,273
$ 33,753
$148,931
$ 83,995
$120,793
$ 21,490
$ 18,953
Target fiscal 2014 incentive levels for each of our executive officers, as established by our
Compensation Committee, are described in the table below.
Name
Thomas F. Fortin
Donald E. Thomas
C. Glynn Quattlebaum
A. Michelle Masters
Brian J. Fisher
Annual
Base
Salary
$420,000
$300,000
$465,750
$130,000
$140,000
Percentage
of Base
Salary Used to
Determine Award
Eligibility
64.9%
50.0%
46.6%
30.0%
25.0%
Target
Award
$272,580
$150,000
$217,040
$ 39,000
$ 35,000
The awards for fiscal 2013 were based on our performance with respect to the following metrics. The
Company also intends to use these metrics to determine the performance-based annual cash awards for our
executive officers for fiscal 2014:
•
•
•
•
•
net income from operations, which measures profitability;
total debt / adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), which is
our leverage ratio;
average monthly net finance receivables, which measures our loan growth;
net loans charged off as a percentage of average monthly net finance receivables, which measures our
charge-off control; and
total general and administrative expense percentage, which measures our expense control.
These metrics drive the overall performance of our business from year to year and are elements of our
historical financial success. Net income from operations measures the effectiveness of our management team’s
execution of our strategic and operational plans. We believe that this measure accurately reflects business
variables and factors that are directly within management’s control or, if not directly within management’s
control, are directly influenced by decisions made by our executives. Total debt / adjusted EBITDA measures our
reliance on our credit facilities to produce cash flow. We believe that we should, over time, reduce our reliance
upon borrowings and should fund proportionately more of our loan originations from operating cash flow as we
grow. This measure holds management accountable for de-leveraging our balance sheet over time. Average
20
monthly net finance receivables measures the growth of our loan portfolio. We seek to continually grow our
business on a consistent and sound basis. We establish annual growth objectives for our management team for
loans that we originate and service. Net loans charged off as a percentage of average monthly net finance
receivables measures the control our management team exerts on loans and is ultimately a measure of the quality
of underwriting policies and decisions. We guide our management team to specific aggregate net charge-off
goals each year that, combined with our average finance receivables measure, balance attractive growth with
effective portfolio control. Total general and administrative expense percentage measures the effectiveness with
which our management team utilizes our corporate resources and minimizes our corporate expenses.
The percentages described in the tables above are set forth in the employment agreements of Messrs.
Fortin and Quattlebaum and the letter agreements of Messrs. Thomas and Fisher and determined with respect to
Ms. Masters by the Compensation Committee. They are calibrated so that the total compensation opportunity for
each named executive officer is commensurate with that executive’s role and responsibilities with us. An
executive must be employed by us on the last day of the performance year in order to be eligible to receive
payment in respect of a performance-based annual cash award.
Discretionary Cash Bonuses. Our Board has the discretion to make periodic cash payments to
executive officers in recognition of various specific projects and exceptional achievements. There is no formula
or schedule for such discretionary payments. Other than a $75,000 signing bonus paid to Mr. Thomas in January
2013 intended to offset his relocation expenses, no discretionary payments were made to our named executive
officers in fiscal 2013.
In March 2014, the Compensation Committee elected to pay our executive officers discretionary
bonuses in the following amounts:
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
Name
Thomas F. Fortin
Donald E. Thomas
C. Glynn Quattlebaum
A. Michelle Masters
Brian J. Fisher
Discretionary
Bonus
$63,258
$35,677
$62,063
$11,042
$11,425
The Committee awarded the discretionary bonuses based on the Committee’s qualitative assessment of
each executive officer’s performance during 2013 and the executive officers’ leadership during 2013 with respect
to the creation of stockholder value, the opening of 41 de novo branches, the increase in the average loans per
branch, the increase in portfolio yield, support with respect to the exit of the Company’s prior private equity
sponsors through two secondary public offerings, implementation of compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, and expansion of the Company’s credit facility.
Equity Awards. In 2007 and 2008, our Board granted options to Messrs. Fortin and Quattlebaum
pursuant to our 2007 Stock Plan. Our Board did not grant any equity awards during 2009, 2010, or 2011. On
March 27, 2012, pursuant to our 2011 Stock Plan and in connection with our initial public offering, the
Compensation Committee granted to Mr. Fortin a nonqualified stock option for 125,000 shares and granted to
Mr. Quattlebaum and to Ms. Masters nonqualified stock options for 25,000 shares each. On January 2, 2013 and
December 31, 2013, pursuant to our 2011 Stock Plan and consistent with his letter agreement, the Compensation
Committee granted to Mr. Thomas nonqualified stock options for 100,000 shares and 26,500 shares, respectively.
These grants are intended to directly align the interests of such named executive officers with those of our
stockholders, to give such named executive officers a strong incentive to maximize stockholder returns on a
long-term basis, and to aid in our recruitment and retention of key executive talent necessary to ensure our
continued success. Having closed our initial public offering in 2012, our Compensation Committee may
determine to expand some of our executive compensation programs in light of the availability of publicly-traded
equity as a compensation tool. As described above, the Compensation Committee engaged Pearl Meyer to
21
provide a review and recommendation with respect to executive officer equity compensation, but other than as
described in Mr. Thomas’s letter agreement, the Compensation Committee has not yet formulated any specific
plans to pay its executive officers equity compensation.
Other Compensation. We also provide various other limited perquisites and other personal benefits to
our named executive officers that are intended to be part of a competitive compensation program. These benefits
include 401(k) plan matching contributions for each of our named executive officers; payment of monthly
country club membership dues for Mr. Quattlebaum; and monthly automobile allowances of $1,150 for
Messrs. Fortin and Thomas and $1,650 for Mr. Quattlebaum. Mr. Quattlebaum receives a higher allowance to
reflect additional driving that he does for us in his capacity as President and Chief Operating Officer. The Board
believes that these benefits are comparable to those offered by other companies that compete with us for
executive talent and are consistent with our overall compensation program. Perquisites are not a material part of
our compensation program. We also provide our named executive officers with benefits that are generally
available to all of our employees, including health insurance, disability insurance, dental insurance, vision
insurance, life insurance, and vacation time.
Potential Payments Upon Termination and Change in Control. Pursuant to the terms of each of their
employment agreements, Messrs. Fortin and Quattlebaum are entitled to certain benefits upon the termination of
their employment with us, the terms of which are described below under “Employment Agreements.” In addition,
pursuant to the terms of nonqualified stock option agreements associated with option awards to Messrs. Fortin,
Quattlebaum, and Thomas and Ms. Masters in 2012 and 2013, in the event of a termination of their employment
by the Company without cause or by them with good reason during the six month period following a change in
control, the option awards shall become fully vested and exercisable effective as of the termination date.
See “2011 Stock Incentive Plan” below. These benefits are intended to alleviate concerns that may arise in the
event of an executive’s separation from service with us and enable executives to focus fully on their duties to us
while employed by us.
Deductibility of Executive Compensation. Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) limits the
ability of the Company to deduct for tax purposes compensation over $1,000,000 to our principal executive officer or
any one of our three highest paid executive officers, other than our principal executive officer or principal financial
officer, who are employed by us on the last day of our taxable year, unless, in general, the compensation is paid
pursuant to a plan that is performance related, non-discretionary, and has been approved by our stockholders. The
Compensation Committee will review and consider the deductibility of executive compensation under Section 162(m)
and may authorize certain payments that will be in excess of the $1,000,000 limitation. The Compensation Committee
believes that it needs to balance the benefits of designing awards that are tax-deductible with the need to design awards
that attract, retain, and reward executives responsible for the success of the Company.
Compensation Committee Report
The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the foregoing “Compensation Discussion and
Analysis” with management. Based on this review and discussion, the Compensation Committee has
recommended to the Board of Directors that the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” be included in our
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and this Proxy Statement for filing
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Members of the Compensation Committee:
Carlos Palomares (Chairman)
Roel C. Campos
Richard T. Dell’Aquila
Richard A. Godley
Alvaro G. de Molina
This report shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating by
reference this proxy statement into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and shall not otherwise be deemed filed under such acts.
22
2013 Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth the cash and other compensation that we paid to our named executive officers
or that was otherwise earned by our named executive officers for their services in all capacities during the fiscal
years ended December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011.
Name and Principal Position
Thomas F. Fortin,
Chief Executive Officer
Donald E. Thomas,
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
C. Glynn Quattlebaum,
President and Chief Operating Officer
A. Michelle Masters,
Senior Vice President, Strategic
Development and Assistant Secretary
Brian J. Fisher,
Vice President, General Counsel, and
Secretary
Year
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
2011
Salary
($)
408,685
350,000
350,000
299,178
—
—
461,640
435,750
435,750
127,575
112,300
107,300
135,014
—
—
Bonus
($)(1)
63,258
—
24,996
110,677
—
—
62,063
—
22,367
11,042
—
3,247
11,425
—
—
Option
Awards
($)(2)
—
1,133,325
—
1,528,902
—
—
—
226,665
—
—
226,665
—
—
—
—
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
All Other
Compensation
($)
148,931
122,207
191,829
83,995
—
—
120,793
109,246
171,651
21,490
15,104
24,919
18,953
—
—
24,000(3)
23,800(4)
23,600(5)
13,800(3)
—
—
42,701(3)
34,983(4)
35,132(5)
10,303(3)
10,110(4)
7,542(5)
—
—
—
Total
($)
644,874
1,629,332
590,425
2,036,552
—
—
687,197
806,644
664,900
170,410
364,179
143,008
165,392
—
—
(1) Represents discretionary bonuses awarded in 2011 and 2013. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis –
Elements of Compensation – Discretionary Cash Bonuses.”
(2) Amounts shown are the aggregate grant date fair value of awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC
Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. For a discussion of the assumptions made in such
valuation, see note 17 to our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013,
included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. Each of these
options vests in five equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date.
(3) Represents aggregate automobile allowance payments of $13,800 to Messrs. Fortin and Thomas, and
$19,800 to Mr. Quattlebaum; a 401(k) plan matching contribution of $10,200, $10,200, and $5,303 to
Mr. Fortin, Mr. Quattlebaum, and Ms. Masters, respectively; monthly country club membership dues of
$4,816 for Mr. Quattlebaum; a cash payment of $5,000 to Ms. Masters in lieu of accrued and unused
vacation time as provided by company policy; and a cash payment of $7,885 to Mr. Quattlebaum in
recognition of his 25-year anniversary with the Company pursuant to company practice applicable to all
employees.
(4) Represents aggregate automobile allowance payments of $13,800 to Mr. Fortin and $19,800 to
Mr. Quattlebaum; a 401(k) plan matching contribution of $10,000, $10,000, and $5,791 to Mr. Fortin,
Mr. Quattlebaum, and Ms. Masters, respectively; monthly country club membership dues of $5,183 for
Mr. Quattlebaum; and a cash payment of $4,319 to Ms. Masters in lieu of accrued and unused vacation time
as provided by company policy.
(5) Represents aggregate automobile allowance payments of $13,800 to each of Mr. Fortin and $19,800 to
Mr. Quattlebaum; a 401(k) plan matching contribution of $9,800, $9,800, and $5,479 to Mr. Fortin,
Mr. Quattlebaum, and Ms. Masters, respectively; monthly country club membership dues of $5,532 for
Mr. Quattlebaum; and a cash payment of $2,063 to Ms. Masters in lieu of accrued and unused vacation time
as provided by company policy.
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
23
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table provides information concerning equity awards that were outstanding as of
December 31, 2013, for each of our named executive officers.
Option Awards
Name
Thomas F. Fortin,
Chief Executive Officer
Donald E. Thomas,
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
C. Glynn Quattlebaum,
President and Chief Operating Officer
A. Michelle Masters,
Senior Vice President, Strategic
Development and Assistant Secretary
Brian J. Fisher,
Vice President, General Counsel, and
Secretary
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable
Option
Exercise
Price
($)
5.4623
15.00
16.73
33.93
Option
Expiration
Date
03/21/17
03/27/22
01/02/23
12/31/23
—
100,000(1)
100,000(2)
26,500(3)
—
20,000(1)
20,000(1)
5.4623
15.00
15.00
03/21/17
03/27/22
03/27/22
196,563
25,000
—
—
264,844
5,000
5,000
—
—
—
—
(1) These options vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date of
March 27, 2012.
(2) This option vests in five equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date of
January 2, 2013.
(3) This option vests in five equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date of
January 31, 2013.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table gives information about the common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of
options, warrants, and rights under all of our existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2013.
(a)
Number of Securities to
Be Issued Upon
Exercise of Outstanding
Options,
Warrants, and Rights
(b)
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants, and Rights
($)
461,407(1)
404,531(2)
—
5.4623
16.67
—
(c)
Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected in
Column (a))
447,790(1)
498,128(2)
—
865,938
10.70
945,918
Plan Category
Equity Compensation
Plans Approved by
Security Holders
Equity Compensation
Plans Not Approved by
Security Holders
Total:
24
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
(1) Regional Management Corp. 2007 Management Incentive Plan, as amended. We no longer intend to grant
awards under the Regional Management Corp. 2007 Management Incentive Plan.
(2) Regional Management Corp. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended. At March 14, 2014, 498,128 shares
remain available for issuance under the Regional Management Corp. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, which
allows for grants of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights,
unrestricted shares, restricted shares, restricted stock units, and awards that are valued in whole or in part by
reference to, or otherwise based on the fair market value of shares, including performance-based awards.
Director Compensation
The following table provides information regarding the compensation paid to each of our non-employee
directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.
Name
David Perez
Roel C. Campos
Richard T. Dell’Aquila
Richard A. Godley
Jared L. Johnson
Alvaro G. de Molina
Carlos Palomares
Erik A. Scott
Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
Stock Awards
($)(1)
Total
($)
35,000
45,000
27,500
35,000
45,000
45,000
35,000
37,500
151,290
151,290
151,290
151,290
151,290
151,290
151,290
151,290
186,290
196,290
178,790
186,290
196,290
196,290
186,290
188,790
(1) The Company awarded each non-employee director 4,484 shares of its common stock, effective October 28,
2013. For the purpose of satisfying income tax obligations, each non-employee director was entitled, at his
election, to forego up to 40% of the 4,484 shares subject to his award in order to receive a cash payment
equivalent to the value of the foregone shares. Amounts shown are the aggregate grant date fair value of
stock awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The total number of stock options held
by each of the non-employee directors as of December 31, 2013 was: Mr. Perez, 8,000; Mr. Campos,
10,000; Mr. Dell’Aquila, 8,000; Mr. Godley, 8,000; Mr. Johnson, none; Mr. de Molina, 10,000;
Mr. Palomares, 10,000; and Mr. Scott, 8,000.
Our employees who serve as directors receive no separate compensation for service on the Board or on
committees of the Board. In fiscal 2013, each non-employee director received an annual retainer of $25,000, plus
$10,000 for each committee on which each such director serves. In October 2013, based on the recommendation
of Pearl Meyer, a compensation consultant engaged by the Compensation Committee, the Board revised its
standard compensation arrangement for its non-employee directors. Pursuant to the revised compensation
arrangement, effective beginning in fiscal 2014, each non-employee director will receive a cash retainer of
$30,000 for annual service, plus $20,000 for service as a non-executive chairman of the Board, plus $10,000 for
service per committee, plus $10,000 for service as a chairman of a committee. Also, effective in fiscal 2014, the
Company will award its non-employee directors shares of restricted common stock in an amount equal to the
sum of $90,000 for annual service, plus $20,000 for service as a non-executive chairman of the Board, plus
$10,000 for service per committee, plus $10,000 for service as chairman of a committee, divided by the fair
market value per share of common stock on the date of grant. The restricted stock awards will occur five days
following the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders, with vesting to occur upon the completion of the
directors’ annual service to the Company. Annual service relates to the approximate 12-month period between
annual meetings of the Company’s stockholders. Each director is also reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection with his service on our Board.
25
Employment Agreements
Employment Agreements with Mr. Fortin
We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Fortin, our Chief Executive Officer, dated February 29,
2008 (as amended, the “2008 Fortin Agreement”). The employment term under the 2008 Fortin Agreement was a
five-year term that began on February 29, 2008, and ended on February 28, 2013. On March 18, 2013, we
entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Fortin (the “2013 Fortin Agreement”), pursuant to which
Mr. Fortin will continue to serve as our Chief Executive Officer. The 2013 Fortin Agreement provides for a
three-year term that began on March 1, 2013, and will end on March 18, 2016.
2008 Fortin Agreement
Under the 2008 Fortin Agreement, Mr. Fortin was entitled to receive an annual base salary of
$350,000, which was subject to increases as determined by our Board or Compensation Committee from time to
time. With respect to each calendar year during the employment term, Mr. Fortin was also eligible to earn an
annual bonus award under the applicable bonus plan based upon the achievement of performance targets
established by our Board or Compensation Committee. Pursuant to the 2008 Fortin Agreement, Mr. Fortin also
received a grant of 196,563 time-vesting stock options, subject to the terms of our 2007 Stock Plan.
If Mr. Fortin’s employment was terminated under the 2008 Fortin Agreement by us without “cause” or
by Mr. Fortin as a result of “involuntary termination,” Mr. Fortin was entitled to receive (1) accrued but unpaid
salary, bonus, and expense reimbursements through his termination date; (2) continued payment of his annual
base salary until six months after his termination date, reduced by the amount of income received by Mr. Fortin
from other employment during that period; (3) payment of the COBRA premium applicable to Mr. Fortin for
comparable coverage under our group medical plan for so long as he is entitled to continued payment of his base
salary and is not entitled to obtain insurance from a subsequent employer; and (4) an amount equal to the annual
cash bonus award, if any, that Mr. Fortin would have been entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of the 2008
Fortin Agreement in respect of such year had his employment not terminated, prorated for the portion of such
year Mr. Fortin was employed during such year.
If Mr. Fortin’s employment terminated due to his death or “disability” (as defined in the 2008 Fortin
Agreement), Mr. Fortin would have been entitled to receive accrued but unpaid salary, bonus, and expense
reimbursement prior to his death or disability, and an amount equal to the annual cash bonus award, if any, that
Mr. Fortin would have been entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of the 2008 Fortin Agreement in respect of
such year had his employment not terminated, prorated for the portion of such year Mr. Fortin was employed
during such year. In addition, in the event Mr. Fortin’s employment was terminated due to disability, he would
have been entitled to continued payment of his annual base salary until six months after his termination date,
reduced by the amounts payable under any disability insurance, plan, or policy maintained by us and by the
amount of any salary, wages, or other income paid to or for the benefit of Mr. Fortin from any other employment,
and payment of the COBRA premiums, when due, for Mr. Fortin to obtain continuation medical insurance for
such period or until he obtains health insurance from a subsequent employer. Such salary would have been paid
as and at such times as Mr. Fortin would have received his salary had he remained our employee.
If we terminated Mr. Fortin’s agreement with “cause,” or if Mr. Fortin voluntarily terminated his
employment not due to “involuntary termination,” he would have been entitled only to accrued but unpaid salary
and expense reimbursements through his termination date.
For the purpose of the 2008 Fortin Agreement, “cause” includes (1) the willful or grossly negligent
material failure by Mr. Fortin to perform his duties thereunder; (2) Mr. Fortin’s conviction of any felony or of
certain other crimes; (3) certain acts of fraud, embezzlement, or misappropriation; (4) certain failures to comply
with any written policy of ours that materially interferes with his ability to discharge his duties, responsibilities,
or obligations under his employment agreement; (5) the knowing misstatement of our financial records; (6) the
26
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
material breach by Mr. Fortin of any of the terms of his employment agreement; or (7) the failure to disclose
material financial or other information to our Board.
For the purpose of the 2008 Fortin Agreement, “involuntary termination” means Mr. Fortin’s
termination of his employment which, in his good faith judgment, is due to a material change of Mr. Fortin’s
responsibilities, position, authority, duties, or in the terms or status of his employment agreement or a reduction
in his base salary.
Mr. Fortin is also subject to a covenant not to disclose our confidential information during his
employment term and at all times thereafter and covenants not to compete with us and not to solicit our
employees or customers during his employment term and for three years following termination of his
employment for any reason.
2013 Fortin Agreement
Pursuant to the 2013 Fortin Agreement, Mr. Fortin will receive an annual base salary of $420,000,
which is subject to increases as may be determined by the Board or Compensation Committee from time to time.
For each calendar year during the employment term, Mr. Fortin is also eligible to earn an annual bonus award
under the Annual Incentive Plan based upon the achievement of performance targets established by the
Compensation Committee, with a target bonus equal to 64.9% of his base salary. Mr. Fortin is eligible to receive
equity awards under the 2011 Stock Plan or any successor plan at the discretion of the Board or Compensation
Committee. The Company will also provide Mr. Fortin with benefits generally available to its other employees,
which may include pension, medical, and retirement plans, in addition to a car allowance of $1,150 per month.
If Mr. Fortin’s employment is terminated by the Company without “cause” or by Mr. Fortin as a result
of “involuntary termination,” Mr. Fortin will be entitled to receive: (1) accrued but unpaid salary through his
termination date; (2) continued payment of his annual base salary for a period of 12 months following his
termination date; (3) the pro-rata portion of any bonus for the year in which termination occurs, to the extent
earned, plus, if his termination occurs after year end but before the bonus for the preceding year is paid, the
bonus for the preceding year; (4) reimbursement of COBRA premiums for continuation coverage under the
Company’s group medical plan for 12 months following his termination date, so long as he is not entitled to
obtain insurance from a subsequent employer; and (5) reimbursement of expenses incurred prior to termination.
If Mr. Fortin’s employment terminates due to his death or “disability” (as defined the 2013 Fortin
Agreement), Mr. Fortin will be entitled to receive: (1) accrued but unpaid salary prior to his death or disability;
(2) reimbursement of expenses incurred prior to his death or disability; and (3) the pro-rata portion of any bonus
for the year in which his death or termination due to disability occurs, to the extent earned, plus, if his death or
termination due to disability occurs after year end but before the bonus for the preceding year is paid, the bonus
for the preceding year. In addition, in the event Mr. Fortin’s employment is terminated due to disability, he is
entitled to continued payment of his annual base salary until 12 months after his termination date, reduced by the
amounts payable under any disability insurance, plan, or policy maintained by the Company.
If the Company terminates Mr. Fortin’s agreement with “cause” or if Mr. Fortin voluntarily terminates
his employment, he is entitled only to accrued but unpaid salary and expense reimbursements through his
termination date. In the case of voluntarily termination of employment, if termination occurs after year end but
before the bonus for the preceding year is paid, Mr. Fortin is also entitled to payment of the bonus for the
preceding year.
For purposes of the 2013 Fortin Agreement, “cause” includes (1) the willful or grossly negligent
material failure to perform duties; (2) conviction of any felony or of certain other crimes; (3) certain acts of
fraud, embezzlement, or misappropriation; (4) certain failures to comply with any Company written policy or
certain other actions that materially interfere with Mr. Fortin’s ability to discharge his duties, responsibilities, or
27
obligations; (5) the knowing misstatement of Company financial records; (6) the material breach by Mr. Fortin of
any of the terms of the 2013 Fortin Agreement; (7) habitual drunkenness or substance abuse; (8) the failure to
disclose material financial or other information to the Company’s Board; or (9) engagement in conduct that
results in Mr. Fortin’s obligation to reimburse the Company for the amount of bonus or other compensation
under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
For purposes of the 2013 Fortin Agreement, “involuntary termination” means termination of
Mr. Fortin’s employment which, in Mr. Fortin’s good faith judgment, is due to a material change of his
responsibilities, position, authority, duties, or in the terms or status of the 2013 Fortin Agreement or a reduction
in Mr. Fortin’s compensation package, in each case without Mr. Fortin’s written consent.
Mr. Fortin is also subject to a covenant not to disclose the Company’s confidential information during
his employment term and at all times thereafter, a covenant not to compete during his employment and for a
period of two years following his termination of employment, a covenant not to solicit competitive consumer
finance loans through “loan sources” (as defined in the 2013 Fortin Agreement) during his employment and for a
period of two years following his termination of employment, a covenant not to solicit Company employees
during his employment and for a period of two years following his termination of employment, and a non-
disparagement covenant effective during the employment term and at all times thereafter. Mr. Fortin’s non-
compete is limited to an area within twenty-five miles of any Company office.
Employment Agreement with Mr. Quattlebaum
We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Quattlebaum dated March 21, 2007, as amended,
pursuant to which Mr. Quattlebaum serves as our President and Chief Operating Officer. The employment term
is a five-year term that began on March 21, 2007, and was extended to March 21, 2017, as of March 8, 2012.
Mr. Quattlebaum is currently entitled to receive an annual base salary of $465,750, which is subject to
increases as may be determined by our Board from time to time. With respect to each calendar year during the
employment term, Mr. Quattlebaum is also eligible to earn an annual bonus award under the applicable bonus
plan based upon the achievement of performance targets established by our Board. Pursuant to the employment
agreement, Mr. Quattlebaum also received a grant of 294,844 time-vesting stock options, subject to the terms of
our 2007 Stock Plan.
If Mr. Quattlebaum’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or by Mr. Quattlebaum as a result of
“involuntary termination” (as such terms are defined in the employment agreement), Mr. Quattlebaum will be
entitled to receive (1) accrued but unpaid salary, bonus, and expense reimbursement through his termination date;
(2) continued payment of his annual base salary until twelve months after his termination date; (3) payment of
the COBRA premium applicable to Mr. Quattlebaum for comparable coverage under our group medical plan for
so long as he is entitled to continued payment of his base salary and is not entitled to obtain insurance from a
subsequent employer; and (4) an amount equal to the annual cash bonus award, if any, that Mr. Quattlebaum
would have been entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement in respect of such year
had his employment not terminated, prorated for the portion of such year Mr. Quattlebaum was employed. Such
salary and bonus would be paid as and at such times as Mr. Quattlebaum would have received his salary and
bonus had he remained our employee.
If we terminate Mr. Quattlebaum’s agreement with “cause,” or if Mr. Quattlebaum voluntarily terminates
his employment for a reason other than due to “involuntary termination,” he is entitled only to accrued but
unpaid salary and expense reimbursements through his termination date.
If Mr. Quattlebaum’s employment terminates due to his death or “disability” (as defined in his employment
agreement), Mr. Quattlebaum will be entitled to receive accrued but unpaid salary, bonus, and expense
reimbursement prior to his death or disability, and an amount equal to the annual cash bonus award, if any, that
Mr. Quattlebaum would have been entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement in
28
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
respect of such year had his employment not terminated, prorated for the portion of such year Mr. Quattlebaum
was employed. Such salary and expense reimbursement is payable within 45 days of his death or disability, and
such bonus would be paid as and at such times as Mr. Quattlebaum would have received his bonus had he
remained our employee. In addition, in the event Mr. Quattlebaum’s employment is terminated due to disability,
he is entitled to continued payment of his annual base salary until 12 months after his termination date, reduced
by the amounts payable under any disability insurance, plan, or policy maintained by us, and payment of the
COBRA premiums, when due, for Mr. Quattlebaum to obtain continuation medical insurance for such period or
until he obtains health insurance from a subsequent employer. Such salary would be paid as and at such times as
Mr. Quattlebaum would have received his salary had he remained our employee.
For the purpose of the employment agreement with Mr. Quattlebaum, “cause” includes (1) the willful or
grossly negligent material failure by Mr. Quattlebaum to perform his duties thereunder; (2) Mr. Quattlebaum’s
conviction of any felony or of certain other crimes; (3) certain acts of fraud, embezzlement, or misappropriation;
(4) certain failures to comply with any written policy of ours that materially interferes with his ability to
discharge his duties, responsibilities, or obligations under his employment agreement; (5) the knowing
misstatement of our financial records; (6) the material breach by Mr. Quattlebaum of any of the terms of his
employment agreement; or (7) the failure to disclose material financial or other information to our Board.
For the purpose of the employment agreement with Mr. Quattlebaum, “involuntary termination” means
Mr. Quattlebaum’s termination of his employment which, in his good faith judgment, is due to a material change
of Mr. Quattlebaum’s responsibilities, position, authority, duties, or in the terms or status of his employment
agreement, a reduction in his base salary, or a forced relocation outside the Greenville, SC metropolitan area.
Mr. Quattlebaum is also subject to a covenant not to disclose our confidential information during his
employment term and at all times thereafter and covenants not to solicit our employees or customers during his
employment term and for three years following termination of his employment for any reason.
Employment Letter Agreement with Mr. Thomas
Effective January 2, 2013, Mr. Thomas was appointed as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer. We entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Thomas, effective as of December 12, 2012.
Mr. Thomas is currently entitled to receive an annual base salary of $300,000, subject to annual review.
With respect to each calendar year during the employment term, the letter agreement provides that Mr. Thomas is
also eligible for a performance-based annual cash award pursuant to our Annual Incentive Plan, with a target
bonus equal to 50% of his base salary, based upon the achievement of our performance targets for Mr. Thomas,
as established by our Compensation Committee.
Mr. Thomas was paid a sign-on bonus of $75,000 in one lump sum within three days of the commencement
of his employment, and we granted Mr. Thomas a stock option award (the “Initial Equity Grant”) for the
purchase of 100,000 shares of our common stock, with the grant occurring on January 2, 2013, the date that
Mr. Thomas began his employment. The exercise price of the Initial Equity Grant is $16.73, which is equal to the
closing price of our common stock on the grant date. In addition, in each year of his employment we will grant
Mr. Thomas a stock option award (each, an “Annual Equity Grant”) for the purchase of 26,500 shares of our
common stock. The Initial Equity Grant is, and each Annual Equity Grant will be, subject to the terms and
conditions described in a Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement and will vest in five tranches, one-fifth on each
of the anniversaries of the grant dates, as long as Mr. Thomas has been continuously employed by us through the
dates of vesting.
We will also provide Mr. Thomas with health insurance, short- and long-term disability insurance, life
insurance, access to our 401(k) plan, reimbursement of relocation expenses not to exceed $10,000, and a car
allowance of $1,150 per month. Mr. Thomas’s employment is at-will.
29
Employment Letter Agreement with Mr. Fisher
Effective January 14, 2013, Mr. Fisher was appointed as our Vice President, General Counsel, and
Secretary. We entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Fisher, effective as of December 12, 2012.
Mr. Fisher is currently entitled to receive an annual base salary of $140,000, subject to annual review. With
respect to each calendar year during the employment term, the letter agreement provides that Mr. Fisher is also
eligible for a performance-based annual cash award pursuant to our Annual Incentive Plan, with a target bonus
equal to 25% of his base salary, based upon the achievement of our performance targets for Mr. Fisher, as
established by our Compensation Committee. We will also provide Mr. Fisher with health insurance, short- and
long-term disability insurance, life insurance, and access to our 401(k) plan. Mr. Fisher’s employment is at-will.
2007 Management Incentive Plan
General. We adopted our 2007 Management Incentive Plan (the “2007 Stock Plan”) effective as of
March 21, 2007. The 2007 Stock Plan permits the grant of non-qualified stock options and incentive stock
options to our and our subsidiaries’ key employees, executive officers, non-employee directors, consultants, or
other independent advisors. We will not grant any further awards under the 2007 Stock Plan.
Administration. The 2007 Stock Plan is administered by the Board and the Compensation Committee. The
Compensation Committee has the full authority and discretion to administer the 2007 Stock Plan and to take any
action that is necessary or advisable in connection with the administration of the 2007 Stock Plan, including,
without limitation, the authority and discretion to interpret and construe any provision of the 2007 Stock Plan, or
any agreement, notification, or document entered into or delivered pursuant to the 2007 Stock Plan, and to
determine whether a participant’s termination of employment resulted from voluntary resignation for good
reason, discharge for cause, or any other reason. The interpretation and construction by the Compensation
Committee of any such provision and any determination by the Compensation Committee pursuant to any
provision of the 2007 Stock Plan, or any agreement, notification, or document entered into or delivered pursuant
to the 2007 Stock Plan, will be final and conclusive.
Terms of Stock Options. Options granted under the 2007 Stock Plan are vested and exercisable at such
times and upon such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Compensation Committee, but in no
event will an option be exercisable more than ten years after it is granted. Under the 2007 Stock Plan, the
exercise price per share for any option awarded is determined by the Compensation Committee, but may not be
less than 100% of the fair market value of a share on the day the option is granted.
All stock options granted by our Board under the 2007 Stock Plan have been granted at or above the fair
market value of our common stock at the grant date based upon the most recent valuation of our common stock.
We have no program, plan, or practice pertaining to the timing of stock option grants to executive officers
coinciding with the release of material non-public information.
An option may be exercised by paying the exercise price in cash or its equivalent, shares, to the extent
authorized by the Compensation Committee, by permitting us to withhold a number of shares otherwise issuable
having an aggregate value equal to the aggregate exercise price in respect of the option, or any combination of
the foregoing.
As of December 31, 2013, options to purchase 447,790 shares of our common stock were outstanding under
the 2007 Stock Plan. Each of Messrs. Fortin and Quattlebaum currently holds options which have a strike price
of $5.4623 per share and are fully vested. Our Board has not granted any equity awards under the 2007 Stock
Plan since 2008.
Adjustments Upon Certain Events. The Compensation Committee will make or provide for adjustment in
the number of shares subject to the 2007 Stock Plan, the number of shares subject to an option granted under the
30
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
2007 Stock Plan, and the option price applicable to any such options, in each case as the Compensation
Committee in its sole discretion may determine is equitably required to maintain the intent of the 2007 Stock
Plan or to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of participants that would otherwise result from (1) any
stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, recapitalization, or other change in the capital structure of the
Company; (2) any merger, consolidation, spin-off, split-off, spin-out, split-up, reorganization, partial or complete
liquidation or other distribution of assets, or issuance of rights or warrants to purchase securities; or (3) any other
corporate transaction or event having an effect similar to any of the foregoing. In addition, in the event of any
such transaction or event, the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide in substitution for
any or all outstanding options under the 2007 Stock Plan, such alternative consideration as it, in good faith, may
determine to be equitable in the circumstances and may require in connection with such substitution the surrender
of all stock options so replaced.
Amendment and Termination. The Compensation Committee may amend or terminate the 2007 Stock Plan
at any time, provided that the 2007 Stock Plan may not be amended without further approval of our stockholders
if such amendment would result in the plan no longer satisfying any applicable listing requirements. In addition,
neither the Compensation Committee nor the Board may reduce the exercise price of an option, or replace an
underwater option with a new option having a lower exercise price, without approval of each class of
stockholders of the Company, in each case other than amendments made pursuant to the Compensation
Committee’s authority to adjust awards upon certain events (described under “Adjustments Upon Certain
Events” above).
2011 Stock Incentive Plan
Purpose. Our Board has adopted, and our stockholders have approved, the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the
“2011 Stock Plan”). The purpose of the 2011 Stock Plan is to aid us and our affiliates in recruiting and retaining
key employees, directors, and other service providers of outstanding ability and to motivate those employees,
directors, consultants, and other service providers to exert their best efforts on our behalf and on behalf of our
affiliates by providing incentives through the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), other
stock-based awards, and other performance-based awards.
Shares Subject to the 2011 Stock Plan. The 2011 Stock Plan provides that the total number of shares of
common stock that may be issued under the 2011 Stock Plan is 950,000, and the maximum number of shares for
which incentive stock options may be granted to any participant in one fiscal year is 475,000. Shares of our
common stock covered by awards that terminate or lapse without the payment of consideration may be granted
again under the 2011 Stock Plan. Awards may be made under the 2011 Stock Plan in substitution for outstanding
awards previously granted by a company that is acquired by us, but the shares subject to such substituted awards
will not be counted against the aggregate number of shares otherwise available for awards under the 2011 Stock
Plan.
Administration. The 2011 Stock Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation
Committee is authorized to interpret the 2011 Stock Plan; to establish, amend, and rescind any rules and
regulations relating to the 2011 Stock Plan; and to make any other determinations that it deems necessary or
desirable for the administration of the 2011 Stock Plan, and the Compensation Committee may further delegate
such authority. The Compensation Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any
inconsistency in the 2011 Stock Plan in the manner and to the extent the Compensation Committee deems
necessary or desirable. The Compensation Committee will have the full power and authority to establish the
terms and conditions of any award consistent with the provisions of the 2011 Stock Plan and to waive any such
terms and conditions at any time (including, without limitation, accelerating or waiving any vesting conditions).
Determinations made by the Compensation Committee need not be uniform and may be made selectively among
participants in the 2011 Stock Plan.
Limitations. No award may be granted under the 2011 Stock Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective
date (as defined therein), but awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date.
31
Options. The Compensation Committee may grant non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options,
which are subject to the terms and conditions as set forth in the 2011 Stock Plan, the related award agreement,
and any other terms, not inconsistent therewith, as determined by the Compensation Committee; provided that all
stock options granted under the 2011 Stock Plan are required to have a per share exercise price that is not less
than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock underlying such stock options on the date an option is
granted (other than in the case of options granted in substitution of previously granted awards), and all stock
options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options will be subject to terms and conditions that comply
with the rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. The maximum term for stock options granted
under the 2011 Stock Plan will be 10 years from the initial date of grant. The purchase price for the shares as to
which a stock option is exercised will be paid to us, to the extent permitted by law (1) in cash or its equivalent at
the time the stock option is exercised; (2) in shares having a fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise
price for the shares being purchased and satisfying any requirements that may be imposed by the Compensation
Committee, so long as the shares will have been held for such period established by the Compensation
Committee in order to avoid adverse accounting treatment; (3) partly in cash and partly in shares; (4) if there is a
public market for the shares at such time, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell the
shares being obtained upon the exercise of the stock option and to deliver to us an amount out of the proceeds of
such sale equal to the aggregate exercise price for the shares being purchased; or (5) allow for payment through a
“net settlement” feature. The “repricing” of stock options is prohibited without prior approval of our
stockholders.
Stock Appreciation Rights. The Compensation Committee may grant SARs independent of or in connection
with a stock option. The exercise price per share of a SAR will be an amount determined by the Compensation
Committee but in no event will such amount be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share on the date the
SAR is granted (other than in the case of SARs granted in substitution of previously granted awards). Generally,
each SAR will entitle the participant upon exercise to an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of (A) the
fair market value on the exercise date of one share of common stock, over (B) the exercise price per share, times
(2) the numbers of shares of common stock covered by the SAR. As discussed above with respect to options, the
“repricing” of SARs is prohibited under the 2011 Stock Plan without prior approval of our stockholders.
Other Stock-Based Awards (Including Performance-Based Awards). In addition to stock options and
SARs, the Compensation Committee may grant or sell awards of shares, restricted shares, restricted stock units,
and awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the fair market value of
shares, including performance-based awards. The Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant
awards which are denominated in shares or cash (such awards, “Performance-Based Awards”), which awards
may, but are not required to, be granted in a manner which is intended to be deductible by us under
Section 162(m) of the Code. Such Performance-Based Awards will be in such form, and dependent on such
conditions, as the Compensation Committee will determine, including, without limitation, the right to receive, or
vest with respect to, one or more shares or the cash value of the award upon the completion of a specified period
of service, the occurrence of an event, and/or the attainment of performance objectives. The maximum amount of
a Performance-Based Award that may be earned during each fiscal year during a performance period by any
participant will be: (1) with respect to Performance-Based Awards that are denominated in shares,
475,000 shares, and (2) with respect to Performance-Based Awards that are denominated in cash,
$2,500,000. The amount of the Performance-Based Award actually paid to a participant may be less than the
amount determined by the applicable performance goal formula, at the discretion of the Compensation
Committee.
Effect of Certain Events on 2011 Stock Plan and Awards. In the event of any stock dividend or split,
reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other
corporate exchange, any equity restructuring (as defined under FASB Accounting Standard Codification 718), or
any distribution to stockholders of common stock other than regular cash dividends or any similar event, the
Compensation Committee in its sole discretion and without liability to any person will make such substitution or
adjustment, if any, as it deems to be reasonably necessary to address, on an equitable basis, the effect of such
32
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
event, as to (1) the number or kind of common stock or other securities that may be issued as set forth in the 2011
Stock Plan or pursuant to outstanding awards; (2) the maximum number of shares for which options or SARs
may be granted during a fiscal year to any participant; (3) the maximum amount of a Performance-Based Award
that may be granted during a fiscal year to any participant; (4) the exercise price of any award; and/or (5) any
other affected terms of such awards.
Except as otherwise provided in an award agreement or otherwise determined by the Compensation
Committee, in the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the 2011 Stock Plan), with respect to any
outstanding awards then held by participants which are unexercisable or otherwise unvested or subject to lapse
restrictions, the Compensation Committee may, but will not be obligated to, in a manner intended to comply with
the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, (1) accelerate, vest, or cause the restrictions to lapse with all or
any portion of an award; (2) cancel awards for fair value (as determined in the sole discretion of the
Compensation Committee), which, in the case of stock options and SARs, may equal the excess, if any, of the
value of the consideration to be paid in the Change in Control transaction to holders of the same number of
shares subject to such stock options or SARs over the aggregate exercise price of such stock options or SARs;
(3) provide for the issuance of substitute awards; or (4) provide that the stock options will be exercisable for all
shares subject thereto for a period of at least 30 days prior to the Change in Control and that upon the occurrence
of the Change in Control, the stock options will terminate and be of no further force or effect. The Compensation
Committee may cancel stock options and SARs for no consideration if the fair market value of the shares subject
to such options or SARs is less than or equal to the aggregate exercise price of such stock options or SARs.
In addition, pursuant to the terms of the nonqualified stock option agreements associated with option awards
to Messrs. Fortin, Quattlebaum, and Thomas and Ms. Masters in 2012 and 2013, in the event of a termination of
their employment by the Company without Cause (as defined in the nonqualified stock option agreements) or by
them with Good Reason (as defined in the nonqualified stock option agreements), during the six month period
following a Change in Control, the option award shall, to the extent not then vested or previously forfeited or
cancelled, become fully vested and exercisable effective as of such termination date.
Forfeiture and Clawback. The Compensation Committee may in its sole discretion specify in an award or a
policy that is incorporated into an award by reference that the participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with
respect to such award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of
certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions contained in
such award. Such events may include, but are not limited to, termination of employment for cause, termination of
the participant’s provision of services to us, breach of noncompetition, confidentiality, or other restrictive
covenants that may apply to the participant, or adverse restatement of our previously released financial
statements as a consequence of errors, omissions, fraud, or misconduct.
Nontransferability of Awards. Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, an award
will not be transferable or assignable by a participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution.
Amendment and Termination. The Compensation Committee may generally amend, alter, or discontinue
the 2011 Stock Plan, but no amendment, alteration, or discontinuation will be made (1) without the approval of
our stockholders to the extent such approval is (a) required by or (b) desirable to satisfy the requirements of any
applicable law, including the listing standards of the securities exchange, which is, at the applicable time, the
principal market for the shares of our common stock, or (2) without the consent of a participant, if such
amendment, alteration, or discontinuation would materially adversely impair any of the rights or obligations
under any award theretofore granted to the participant under the 2011 Stock Plan; provided, however, that the
Compensation Committee may amend the 2011 Stock Plan in such manner as it deems necessary to permit the
granting of awards meeting the requirements of the Code or other applicable laws, including, without limitation,
to avoid adverse tax consequences or accounting consequences to us or any participant.
33
Section 409A of the Code. The 2011 Stock Plan and awards issued thereunder will be interpreted in
accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations, and no award will be
granted, deferred, accelerated, paid out, or modified under the 2011 Stock Plan in a manner that would result in
the imposition of an additional tax under Code Section 409A upon a participant.
Section 162(m) of the Code. In general, Section 162(m) of the Code denies a publicly-held corporation a
deduction for United States federal income tax purposes for compensation in excess of $1 million per year per
person to its principal executive officer and the three other officers (other than the principal executive officer and
principal financial officer) whose compensation is disclosed in its prospectus or proxy statement as a result of
their total compensation, subject to certain exceptions. The 2011 Stock Plan is intended to satisfy an exception
with respect to grants of options to covered employees. The 2011 Stock Plan is designed to permit certain awards
of restricted stock, restricted stock units, cash bonus awards, and other awards to be awarded as performance
compensation awards intended to qualify under the “performance-based compensation” exception to
Section 162(m) of the Code. In addition, under a special Section 162(m) exception, any compensation paid
pursuant to a compensation plan in existence before the effective date of our initial public offering will not be
subject to the $1,000,000 limitation until the earliest of: (1) the expiration of the compensation plan; (2) a
material modification of the compensation plan (as determined under Section 162(m)); (3) the issuance of all the
employer stock and other compensation allocated under the compensation plan; or (4) the first meeting of
stockholders at which directors are elected after the close of the third calendar year following 2012, the year in
which our initial public offering occurred.
Annual Incentive Plan
Purpose. Our Board has adopted, and our stockholders have approved, the Regional Management Corp.
Annual Incentive Plan (the “Annual Incentive Plan”). The Annual Incentive Plan is a bonus plan designed to
attract, retain, motivate, and reward participants by providing them with the opportunity to earn competitive
compensation directly linked to our performance.
Administration. The Annual Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee.
Eligibility; Awards. Awards may be granted to our officers and key employees in the sole discretion of the
Compensation Committee. The Annual Incentive Plan provides for the payment of incentive bonuses in the form
of cash or, at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, in awards under the 2011 Stock Plan. For
performance-based bonuses intended to comply with the performance-based compensation exemption under
Section 162(m) of the Code, by no later than the end of the first quarter of a given performance period (or such
other date as may be required or permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code to the extent applicable to us and the
Annual Incentive Plan), the Compensation Committee will establish target incentive bonuses for each individual
participant in the Annual Incentive Plan. However, the Compensation Committee may in its sole discretion grant
such bonuses, if any, to such participants as the Compensation Committee may choose, in respect of any given
performance period, that is not intended to comply with the performance-based exemption under Section 162(m)
of the Code. No participant may receive a bonus under the Annual Incentive Plan, with respect of any fiscal year,
in excess of $2,500,000.
Performance Goals. The Compensation Committee will establish the performance periods over which
performance objectives will be measured. A performance period may be for a fiscal year or a shorter period, as
determined by the Compensation Committee. No later than the last day of the first quarter of a given
performance period begins (or such other date as may be required or permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code to
the extent applicable to us and the Annual Incentive Plan), the Compensation Committee will establish (1) the
performance objective or objectives that must be satisfied for a participant to receive a bonus for such
performance period, and (2) the target incentive bonus for each participant. Performance objective(s) will be
based upon one or more of the following criteria, as determined by the Compensation Committee:
(i) consolidated income before or after taxes (including income before interest, taxes, depreciation, and
amortization); (ii) EBITDA; (iii) adjusted EBITDA, (iv) operating income; (v) net income; (vi) adjusted cash net
34
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
income; (vii) adjusted cash net income per share; (viii) net income per share; (ix) book value per share; (x) return
on members’ or stockholders’ equity; (xi) expense management (including, without limitation, total general and
administrative expense percentages); (xii) return on investment; (xiii) improvements in capital structure;
(xiv) profitability of an identifiable business unit or product; (xv) maintenance or improvement of profit margins;
(xvi) stock price; (xvii) market share; (xviii) revenue or sales (including, without limitation, net loans charged off
and average finance receivables); (xix) costs (including, without limitation, total general and administrative
expense percentages); (xx) cash flow; (xxi) working capital; (xxii) multiple of invested capital; (xxiii) total debt
(including, without limitation, total debt as a multiple of EBITDA); and (xxiv) total return. The foregoing criteria
may relate to us, one or more of our subsidiaries, or one or more of our divisions or units, or any combination of
the foregoing, and may be applied on an absolute basis and/or be relative to one or more peer group companies or
indices, or any combination thereof, all as the Compensation Committee will determine. The performance
measures and objectives established by the Compensation Committee may be different for different fiscal years
and different objectives may be applicable to different officers and key employees.
As soon as practicable after the applicable performance period ends, the Compensation Committee will
(A) determine (i) whether and to what extent any of the performance objective(s) established for such
performance period have been satisfied and certify to such determination, and (ii) for each participant employed
as of the date on which bonuses under the Annual Incentive Plan are payable, unless otherwise determined by the
Compensation Committee (to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent applicable to
us and the Annual Incentive Plan), the actual bonus to which such participant will be entitled, taking into
consideration the extent to which the performance objective(s) have been met and such other factors as the
Compensation Committee may deem appropriate and (B) cause such bonus to be paid to such participant. The
Compensation Committee has absolute discretion to reduce or eliminate the amount otherwise payable to any
participant under the Annual Incentive Plan and to establish rules or procedures that have the effect of limiting
the amount payable to each participant to an amount that is less than the maximum amount otherwise authorized
as that participant’s target incentive bonus.
To the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent applicable to us and the Annual
Incentive Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, if a participant is hired or rehired
by us after the beginning of a performance period (or such corresponding period if the performance period is not
a fiscal year) for which a bonus is payable, such participant may, if determined by the Compensation Committee,
receive an annual bonus equal to the bonus otherwise payable to such participant based upon our actual
performance for the applicable performance period or, if determined by the Compensation Committee, based
upon achieving targeted performance objectives pro-rated for the days of employment during such period or such
other amount as the Compensation Committee may deem appropriate.
Forfeiture and Clawback. The Compensation Committee may in its sole discretion specify in an award or a
policy that is incorporated into an award by reference that the participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with
respect to such award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of
certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions contained in
such award. Such events may include, but are not limited to, termination of employment for cause, termination of
the participant’s provision of services to us, breach of noncompetition, confidentiality, or other restrictive
covenants that may apply to the participant, or restatement of our financial statements to reflect adverse results
from those previously released financial statements as a consequence of errors, omissions, fraud, or misconduct.
Change in Control. If there is a Change in Control (as defined in the 2011 Stock Plan, as described above),
the Compensation Committee, as constituted immediately prior to the change in control, will determine in its sole
discretion whether and to what extent the performance criteria have been met or will be deemed to have been met
for the year in which the change in control occurs and for any completed performance period for which a
determination under the Annual Incentive Plan has not been made.
Termination of Employment. If a participant dies or becomes disabled prior to date on which bonuses under
the Annual Incentive Plan for the applicable performance period are payable, the participant may receive an
35
annual bonus equal to the bonus otherwise payable to the participant based on actual company performance for
the applicable performance period or, if determined by the Compensation Committee, based upon achieving
targeted performance objectives, pro-rated for the days of employment during the performance period. Unless
otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, if a participant’s employment terminates for any other
reason, such participant will not receive a bonus.
Payment of Awards. Payment of any bonus amount is made to participants as soon as is practicable after the
Compensation Committee certifies that one or more of the applicable performance objectives has been attained
or after the Compensation Committee determines the amount of such bonus. All payments thus made will be in
accordance with or exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
Amendment and Termination of Plan. Our Board or the Compensation Committee may at any time amend,
suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Annual Incentive Plan, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is
necessary to continue to qualify the amounts payable under the Annual Incentive Plan under Section 162(m) of
the Code if such amounts are intended to be so qualified; provided, that no such amendment, suspension,
discontinuance or termination will adversely affect the rights of any participant in respect of any fiscal year that
has already begun. Unless earlier terminated, the Annual Incentive Plan will expire on the day immediately prior
to our first stockholder meeting at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third
calendar year following 2012, the calendar year in which our initial public offering occurred.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS
Shareholders Agreement
In March 2007, we entered into a shareholders agreement, which was amended and restated on March 27,
2012, by that certain Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement (the “Shareholders Agreement”), by and
among the Company, Parallel, Palladium, and certain other stockholders party thereto (such stockholders referred
to in this “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” section as the “individual owners”). In fiscal
2013, each of Parallel and Palladium were related persons due to their greater than five percent equity ownership
in the Company and the other stockholders party to the Shareholders Agreement were related persons due to their
participation in the Shareholders Agreement, which qualifies them as a “group” under Section 13(d) of the
Exchange Act. The Shareholders Agreement includes the following voting agreement:
•
•
•
if the parties to the Shareholders Agreement hold more than 50% of our outstanding stock entitled to
vote for the election of directors, then such parties will collectively have the right to designate the
smallest whole number of directors that constitutes a majority of the Board;
if the parties to the Shareholders Agreement hold 50% or less, but more than 25%, of our outstanding
stock entitled to vote for the election of directors, then such parties will collectively have the right to
designate the number of directors that is one fewer than the smallest whole number of directors that
constitutes a majority of the Board; and
if the parties to the Shareholders Agreement hold 25% or less of our outstanding stock entitled to vote
for the election of directors, such parties will have no right to designate directors except that each of
(1) Palladium, (2) Parallel, and (3) a representative of the individual owners party to the Shareholders
Agreement will have the right to designate one director if such stockholder or group of stockholders
holds at least 5% of the outstanding stock entitled to vote for the election of directors.
The director designation rights described in the first and second bullets above are allocated among the
parties to the Shareholders Agreement as follows:
•
for so long as the individual owners under the Shareholders Agreement in the aggregate continue to
hold at least 5% of the outstanding stock entitled to vote for the election of directors, one director will
be designated by a representative of the individual owners; and
36
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
•
all of the remaining directors to be designated by the parties to the Shareholders Agreement will be
divided between Parallel and Palladium in the ratio that most nearly matches the ratio of their
ownership of shares of common stock of Regional; provided that, unless and until the ratio of the
number shares of common stock held by Parallel to the number of shares of common stock held by
Palladium is less than such ratio immediately following our initial public offering, the number of
directors to be designated by Parallel will not be fewer than one fewer than the number of directors to
be designated by Palladium.
Mr. Godley has served on the Board as a director designee of the individual owners and is a director
nominee standing for reelection at the Annual Meeting. As of March 14, 2014, the individual owners retain the
right to designate one director for election to the Company’s Board pursuant to the terms of the Shareholders
Agreement. In addition, as described above, Messrs. Perez, Dell’Aquila, and Scott have served on the Board as
director designees of Palladium and Parallel. However, in September 2013 and December 2013, Palladium and
Parallel closed secondary public offerings pursuant to which each sold its equity ownership in the Company, and
as a result, neither Palladium nor Parallel retains any right to designate directors of the Company in the future
pursuant to the terms of the Shareholders Agreement. As such, Messrs. Perez, Dell’Aquila, and Scott will not be
standing for reelection at the Annual Meeting. Mr. Jared L. Johnson, previously a director of the Company
designated by Parallel, resigned from his position effective December 31, 2013.
The Shareholders Agreement also provides Parallel and Palladium with demand registration rights and
provides incidental registration rights to the individual owners party to the Shareholders Agreement. In August
2013, following the exercise by Parallel and Palladium of their demand registration rights, the Company filed
with the SEC a Registration Statement on Form S-3, which was declared effective by the SEC in August 2013. In
September 2013 and December 2013, the Company facilitated the closing of public secondary offerings on
behalf of Parallel, Palladium, Mr. Godley, and Mr. Quattlebaum. The expenses of these transactions totaled
approximately $749,000 and were paid by the Company.
The Shareholders Agreement further provides that, in certain circumstances, parties to the Shareholders
Agreement that have designated a director who is then serving on our Board may not make a significant
investment in one of our competitors unless such party has first presented the investment opportunity to us. The
Shareholders Agreement is filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K, and the foregoing description
is qualified by reference thereto.
Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons
Our Board has adopted a written statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons, which we
refer to as our “related person policy.” Our related person policy requires that a “related person” (as defined as in
paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) must promptly disclose to our general counsel, or other person
designated by our Board, any “related person transaction” (defined as any transaction that is anticipated and
would be reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are to be a participant and
the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect
material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. The general counsel, or such other person, will then
promptly communicate that information to our Board. No related person transaction will be executed without the
approval or ratification of our Board or a committee of the Board. It is our policy that directors interested in a
related person transaction will recuse themselves from any vote of a related person transaction in which they
have an interest. Our policy does not specify the standards to be applied by directors in determining whether or
not to approve or ratify a related person transaction, and we accordingly anticipate that these determinations will
be made in accordance with principles of Delaware law generally applicable to directors of a Delaware
corporation.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Our Bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the
Delaware General Corporation Law, which we refer to as the DGCL. In addition, our Amended and Restated
37
Certificate of Incorporation provides that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming
any of our directors or officers to which indemnification is being sought, and we are not aware of any pending or
threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.
SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors and executive officers and persons who own more
than ten percent of our common stock to file with the SEC initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in
ownership of common stock and our other equity securities. Our directors, executive officers, and greater than
ten percent stockholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) reports
they file. To our knowledge, based solely on a review of the copies of such reports furnished to us and written
representations that no other reports were required, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, all
Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to directors, executive officers, and greater than ten percent
beneficial owners were timely complied with by such persons, except for: (i) one Form 4 filing required to be
made by Mr. Perez following a director stock award; (ii) one Form 4 filing required to be made by Mr. Scott
following a director stock award; (iii) one Form 4 filing required to be made by Palladium Equity Partners III,
L.L.C. following director stock awards to Messrs. Perez and Scott; and (iv) one Form 4 filing required to be
made by Parallel 2005 Equity Partners, LLC following director stock awards to Messrs. Dell’Aquila and
Johnson.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock
as of the close of trading on March 14, 2014, of: (i) each person known by us to beneficially own more than five
percent of our common stock; (ii) each of our directors; (iii) each of our executive officers; and (iv) all of our
directors and executive officers, as a group.
Name
Shareholders Agreement Group(2)
Wellington Management Company, LLP(3)
EJF Capital LLC(4)
Second Curve Capital, LLC(5)
Gilder, Gagnon, Howe & Co. LLC(6)
Roel C. Campos(7)
Richard T. Dell’Aquila(8)
Thomas F. Fortin(9)
Richard A. Godley(10)
Alvaro G. de Molina(11)
Carlos Palomares(12)
David Perez(13)
Erik A. Scott(14)
C. Glynn Quattlebaum(15)
A. Michelle Masters(16)
Donald E. Thomas(17)
Brian J. Fisher
All directors and executive officers, as a group
(12 persons)
38
Shares Beneficially
Owned(1)
Number
Percentage
1,237,994
1,022,001
1,282,717
962,968
1,057,793
7,363
—
246,563
127,989
6,691
9,484
—
—
354,975
10,000
22,000
—
9.6%
8.1%
10.1%
7.6%
8.4%
*
*
1.9%
1.0%
*
*
*
*
2.7%
*
*
*
785,065
5.9%
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
Amount represents less than 1.0%
*
(1) Applicable percentage of ownership is based upon 12,652,197 shares of our common stock outstanding on
March 14, 2014. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes
voting and investment power with respect to shares shown as beneficially owned. Shares of common stock
subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding for computing
the shares and percentage ownership of the person holding such options, but are not deemed outstanding for
computing the percentage ownership of any other person or entity. Except as otherwise indicated, the
persons or entities listed in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown
as beneficially owned by them.
(2) The “Shareholders Agreement Group” is comprised of those parties to the Shareholders Agreement
described under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” above. Parallel 2005 Equity Fund,
LP ( “Parallel”); Palladium Equity Partners III, L.P. ( “Palladium”); the Richard A. Godley, Sr. Revocable
Trust dated August 29, 2005; Vanessa Bailey Godley; William T. “Tyler” Godley; the Tyler Godley 2011
Irrevocable Trust dated March 28, 2011; the Pamela Denise Godley Revocable Trust dated November 3,
2011; the Haylei D. Tucker Family 2012 Irrevocable Trust dated December 17, 2012; the Tyler Godley
Children 2012 Irrevocable Trust dated December 17, 2012; Jerry L. Shirley; Brenda F. Kinlaw; C. Glynn
Quattlebaum; Sherri Quattlebaum; and Jesse W. Geddings are parties to the Shareholders Agreement. The
information reported is based in part on a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 14, 2014. The
address of Parallel is 2525 McKinnon Street, Suite 330, Dallas, Texas 75201. The address of Palladium is
Rockefeller Center, 1270 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 2200, New York, New York 10020. The address of
all other members of the Shareholders Agreement Group is c/o Regional Management Corp., 509 West
Butler Road, Greenville, South Carolina 29607. The amount stated includes (i) 4,000 shares subject to
options beneficially owned by Palladium; (ii) 2,000 shares subject to options beneficially owned by Parallel;
(iii) 2,000 shares subject to options beneficially owned by Mr. Godley (see footnote 10 below);
(iv) 274,844 shares subject to options beneficially owned by Mr. Quattlebaum (see footnote 15 below); and
(v) 3,673 shares subject to options beneficially owned by Mr. Geddings. All such options are either
currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 14, 2014, and no party beneficially owning
such options will have voting or investment power until the options are exercised. Such shares are
considered outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of outstanding stock owned by the
Shareholders Agreement Group, but not for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other
person, except as stated elsewhere in these footnotes.
(3) The information reported is based on a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 14, 2014, reporting
shared power of Wellington Management Company, LLP (“Wellington”) to vote or direct the vote of
607,099 shares and shared power to dispose or direct the disposition of 1,022,001 shares. The business
address of Wellington is 280 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02210.
(4) The information reported is based on a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on March 17, 2014, reporting
shared power of EJF Capital LLC and certain of its affiliates (collectively, “EJF”) to vote or direct the vote
and to dispose or direct the disposition of 1,282,717 shares. Emanuel J. Friedman is the controlling member
of EJF. The business address of EJF and Mr. Friedman is 2107 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 410, Arlington, VA
22201.
(5) The information reported is based on a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on January 17, 2014, reporting
shared power of Second Curve Capital, LLC (“Second Curve”) to vote or direct the vote and to dispose or
direct the disposition of 962,968 shares. Thomas K. Brown is the Managing Member of Second Curve. The
business address of Second Curve and Mr. Brown is 237 Park Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York
10017.
(6) The information reported is based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 12, 2014, reporting
sole power of Gilder, Gagnon, Howe & Co. LLC (“Gilder Gagnon”) to vote or direct the vote and to dispose
or direct the disposition of 27,414 shares and shared power to dispose or direct the disposition of
1,030,379 shares. The business address of Gilder Gagnon is 3 Columbus Circle, 26th Floor, New York,
NY 10019.
(7) The amount stated consists of 4,000 shares subject to options either currently exercisable or exercisable
within 60 days of March 14, 2014, over which Mr. Campos will not have voting or investment power until
39
the options are exercised. The shares described in this footnote are considered outstanding for the purpose of
computing the percentage of outstanding stock owned by Mr. Campos and by directors and executive
officers as a group, but not for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
(8) Mr. Dell’Aquila was previously a Managing Director of Parallel. The Company granted options to
Mr. Dell’Aquila on March 27, 2012. Pursuant to arrangements between Parallel and Mr. Dell’Aquila,
Mr. Dell’Aquila is not permitted to retain stock options granted by the Company to Mr. Dell’Aquila, and
Mr. Dell’Aquila is required to hold such securities for the benefit of Parallel. As of March 14, 2014,
Mr. Dell’Aquila held, for the benefit of Parallel, 2,000 shares subject to options either currently exercisable
or exercisable within 60 days of March 14, 2014, over which Parallel will not have voting or investment
power until the options are exercised. Parallel 2005 Equity Partners, LP is the general partner of Parallel.
Parallel 2005 Equity Partners, LLC is the general partner of Parallel 2005 Equity Partners, LP. F. Barron
Fletcher, III is the managing member of Parallel 2005 Equity Partners, LLC. The address of each of the
entities listed and Mr. Fletcher is 2525 McKinnon Street, Suite 330, Dallas, Texas 75201. Mr. Fletcher
disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Parallel
is a party to the Shareholders Agreement described under “Certain Relationships and Related Person
Transactions” above.
(9) The amount stated consists of 246,563 shares subject to options either currently exercisable or exercisable
within 60 days of March 14, 2014, over which Mr. Fortin will not have voting or investment power until the
options are exercised. The shares described in this footnote are considered outstanding for the purpose of
computing the percentage of outstanding stock owned by Mr. Fortin and by directors and executive officers
as a group, but not for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
(10) Mr. Godley is a director of the Company and is a party to the Shareholders Agreement described under
“Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” above. The address for Mr. Godley is c/o Regional
Management Corp., 509 West Butler Road, Greenville, South Carolina 29607. Mr. Godley holds 4,484
shares directly. Additional shares stated are owned by (i) the Pamela Denise Godley Revocable Trust dated
November 3, 2011, of which Pamela Denise Godley is trustee (Mrs. Godley is Mr. Godley’s wife) (61,505
shares), and (ii) the Haylei D. Tucker Family 2012 Irrevocable Trust dated December 17, 2012, of which
Mrs. Godley is trustee (60,000 shares). Mr. Godley disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by
trusts for which his wife is trustee. The amount stated also consists of 2,000 shares subject to options either
currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 14, 2014, over which Mr. Godley will not have
voting or investment power until the options are exercised. Such shares are considered outstanding for the
purpose of computing the percentage of outstanding stock owned by Mr. Godley and by directors and
executive officers as a group, but not for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other
person, except as stated elsewhere in these footnotes.
(11) The amount stated consists of 4,000 shares subject to options either currently exercisable or exercisable
within 60 days of March 14, 2014, over which Mr. de Molina will not have voting or investment power until
the options are exercised. Such shares are considered outstanding for the purpose of computing the
percentage of outstanding stock owned by Mr. de Molina and by directors and executive officers as a group,
but not for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
(12) The amount stated consists of 4,000 shares subject to options either currently exercisable or exercisable
within 60 days of March 14, 2014, over which Mr. Palomares will not have voting or investment power until
the options are exercised. Such shares are considered outstanding for the purpose of computing the
percentage of outstanding stock owned by Mr. Palomares and by directors and executive officers as a group,
but not for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
(13) Mr. Perez is the President and Chief Operating Officer of Palladium. The Company granted options to
Mr. Perez on March 27, 2012. Pursuant to arrangements between Palladium and Mr. Perez, Mr. Perez is not
permitted to retain stock options granted by the Company to Mr. Perez, and Mr. Perez is required to hold
such securities for the benefit of Palladium. As of March 14, 2014, Mr. Perez held, for the benefit of
Palladium, 2,000 shares subject to options either currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of
March 14, 2014, over which Palladium will not have voting or investment power until the options are
exercised. Palladium Equity Partners III, L.L.C. (“Palladium General”) is the general partner of Palladium.
Marcos A. Rodriguez is the managing member of Palladium General. The address of each of the entities
40
listed and Mr. Rodriguez is Rockefeller Center, 1270 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 2200, New York, New
York 10020. Mr. Rodriguez disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his
pecuniary interest therein. Palladium is a party to the Shareholders Agreement described under “Certain
Relationships and Related Person Transactions” above.
(14) Mr. Scott is a Managing Director with Palladium. The Company granted options to Mr. Scott on March 27,
2012. Pursuant to arrangements between Palladium and Mr. Scott, Mr. Scott is not permitted to retain stock
options granted by the Company to Mr. Scott, and Mr. Scott is required to hold such securities for the
benefit of Palladium. As of March 14, 2014, Mr. Scott held, for the benefit of Palladium, 2,000 shares
subject to options either currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 14, 2014, over which
Palladium will not have voting or investment power until the options are exercised. Palladium Equity
Partners III, L.L.C. (“Palladium General”) is the general partner of Palladium. Marcos A. Rodriguez is the
managing member of Palladium General. The address of each of the entities listed and Mr. Rodriguez is
Rockefeller Center, 1270 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 2200, New York, New York 10020. Mr. Rodriguez
disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
Palladium is a party to the Shareholders Agreement described under “Certain Relationships and Related
Person Transactions” above.
(15) The amount stated consists of 274,844 shares subject to options either currently exercisable or exercisable
within 60 days of March 14, 2014, over which Mr. Quattlebaum will not have voting or investment power
until the options are exercised. Such shares are considered outstanding for the purpose of computing the
percentage of outstanding stock owned by Mr. Quattlebaum and by directors and executive officers as a
group, but not for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except as stated
elsewhere in these footnotes. The remaining 80,131 shares are jointly held by Mr. Quattlebaum and his wife,
Sherri Quattlebaum. Mr. Quattlebaum is our President and Chief Operating Officer, and Mr. and
Mrs. Quattlebaum are parties to the Shareholders Agreement described under “Certain Relationships and
Related Person Transactions” above.
(16) The amount stated consists of 10,000 shares subject to options either currently exercisable or exercisable
within 60 days of March 14, 2014, over which Ms. Masters will not have voting or investment power until
the options are exercised. The shares described in this footnote are considered outstanding for the purpose of
computing the percentage of outstanding stock owned by Ms. Masters and by directors and executive
officers as a group, but not for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
(17) The amount stated consists of 20,000 shares subject to options either currently exercisable or exercisable
within 60 days of March 14, 2014, over which Mr. Thomas will not have voting or investment power until
the options are exercised. The shares described in this footnote are considered outstanding for the purpose of
computing the percentage of outstanding stock owned by Mr. Thomas and by directors and executive
officers as a group, but not for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
P
r
o
x
y
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
41
Regional Management Corp.
Regional Management Corp.
NYSE: RM
NYSE: RM
“Your Hometown Credit Source”
“Your Hometown Credit Source”
COMPANY OVERVIEW
COM PANY OVERVIEW
(cid:53)(cid:72)(cid:74)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:48)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:74)(cid:72)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:38)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:3)(cid:71)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:191)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:76)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:88)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:191)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:81)
(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:74)(cid:75)(cid:16)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:88)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:83)(cid:16)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:73)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3)(cid:192)(cid:72)(cid:91)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:82)
(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:90)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:3)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:80)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:68)(cid:71)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:53)(cid:72)(cid:74)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:182)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:69)(cid:85)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:3)(cid:80)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:72)
(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:88)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:80)(cid:88)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:16)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:74)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:74)(cid:92)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:90)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:3)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:79)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:89)(cid:76)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:69)(cid:85)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:15)
(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:83)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:88)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:16)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:55)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:38)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:75)(cid:68)(cid:86)(cid:3)
(cid:68)(cid:83)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:91)(cid:76)(cid:80)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:22)(cid:22)(cid:24)(cid:15)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:70)(cid:82)(cid:88)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:7)(cid:24)(cid:23)(cid:23)(cid:17)(cid:26)(cid:3)(cid:80)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:191)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:3)(cid:39)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:22)(cid:20)(cid:15)(cid:3)
(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22)(cid:17)
BRANCH NETW ORK / ORIGINATION CHANNELS
Regional operates 264 branches in eight states and has developed additional origination
channels, including through more than 1,200 franchise auto dealerships, over 2,200 independent
auto
dealerships, more than 900 retailers, and a robust direct mail channel as of December 31,
2013.
LOAN PRODUCTS & FEATURES
LOAN PRODUCTS & FEATURES
(cid:53)(cid:72)(cid:74)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:89)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:3)(cid:80)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:192)(cid:72)(cid:91)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:88)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:191)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:76)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:89)(cid:76)(cid:70)(cid:72)
(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:73)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:80)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:79)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:83)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:83)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:83)(cid:82)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:83)(cid:68)(cid:76)(cid:85)
(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:92)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:55)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:38)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:78)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:88)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:90)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:69)(cid:72)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:72)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:81)(cid:82)(cid:87)
(cid:77)(cid:88)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:70)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:53)(cid:72)(cid:74)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:93)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:90)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:79)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:80)(cid:68)(cid:78)(cid:72)
(cid:83)(cid:68)(cid:92)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:3)(cid:71)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:82)(cid:86)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:55)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:38)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:82)(cid:88)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:88)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:90)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:82)(cid:71)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:74)(cid:92)
(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:21)(cid:24)(cid:3)(cid:92)(cid:72)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:72)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:83)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:84)(cid:88)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:72)
(cid:90)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:3)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:90)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:72)(cid:16)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:90)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:3)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:68)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:3)(cid:27)(cid:17)(cid:25)(cid:8)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:68)(cid:74)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:81)
(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:28)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:25)(cid:17)(cid:28)(cid:8)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)(cid:22)(cid:17)
Loan Features
• Fixed Rate
• Fixed Term
• Equal Monthly Payments
• Fully-Amortizing
• Flexible Loan Sizes & Maturities
• No Pre-Payment Penalties
Loan Products
Size
Term
Small installment loans
Large installment loans
Automobile purchase loans
Retail purchase loans
Range: $300 – $2,500
Average: $1,100
Range: $2,500 – $20,000
Average: $3,500
Range: Up to $27,500
Average: $9,300
Range: Up to $7,500
Average: $1,000
Up to 36 months
18 to 60 months
36 to 72 months
6 to 48 months
OPPORTUNITY FOR GROWTH
OPPORTUNITY FOR GROW TH
Regional serves a large and growing addressable market of underbanked and non-prime
consumers. The Company plans to continue to expand its reach in current and nearby states
and to expand its relationships with automobile dealerships and retailers. The Company believes
that there is an opportunity to open as many as 800 additional branches.
KEY BUSINESS & FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
KEY BUSINESS & FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
KEY BUSINESS & FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
• Revenue: CAGR of 23.7% from $72.8 million in 2009 to $170.6 million in 2013
• Net income: CAGR of 30.7% from $9.9 million in 2009 to $28.8 million in 2013
• Aggregate finance receivables have grown at a CAGR of 26.1% from $215.7 million
in 2009 to $544.7 million in 2013
• Fourth quarter 2013 same-store revenue growth of 17.0%
QUICK FACTS
(as of December 31, 2013)
Branches:
264
8 states
Geography:
• South Carolina
• Texas
• North Carolina
• Tennessee
• Alabama
• Oklahoma
• New Mexico
• Georgia
Year founded:
1987
MANAGEMENT TEAM:
Thomas F. Fortin
Chief Executive Officer
C. Glynn Quattlebaum
President & Chief Operating
Officer
Donald E. Thomas
Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
A. Michelle Masters
Senior Vice President of Strategic
Operations and Initiatives
Brian J. Fisher
Vice President, General Counsel,
and Secretary
CONTACT INFORMATION:
Regional Management Corp.
509 West Butler Road
Greenville, SC 29607
Telephone: (864) 422-8011
www.regionalmanagement.com
Investor Inquiries:
Garrett Edson, ICR
(203) 682-8331
Garrett.Edson@icrinc.com
Media Inquiries:
Kim Paone, ICR
(646) 277-1216
Kim.Paone@icrinc.com